Carrier 39m 12pd

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 114

AERO

39MN,MW03-110
Indoor and Weathertight
Outdoor Air Handlers

Product
Data

1,500 to 60,500 Nominal Cfm

A39-4249

39MN INDOOR UNIT

A39-4250

Carriers 39M air handlers offer:


Shrink-wrapped units for complete
protection while in transit
Factory-supplied variable frequency
drives that are programmed and
started up at the factory
Sealed panel double-wall R-13
insulation system
Stacked indoor unit configurations for
application versatility and maximum
space utilization
Outdoor weathertight cabinets have
sloped roofs to reduce standing water,
and are gasketed in all critical areas.
Factory-installed integral face and
bypass coils for extreme conditions
Factory-installed humidifiers for
precise indoor climate conditioning
Factory-installed indirect fired gas
heating sections with a minimum 10:1
turndown
Factory-installed, AHRI 1060 certified
ERV wheel sections
Available direct drive fans and fan
arrays
Available factory-mounted controls,
starters, disconnects and variable
frequency drives
AHUBuilder software for easy unit
selection
Optional prepainted unit exterior
Optional AgION anti-microbial coated
panel interior
Optional factory-installed UV-C
germicidal lamps

Features/Benefits
The Aero 39M air handler is the
only unit on the market that
practically installs itself.
Easy installation
Frames, corners and base rails of the
39M air handler are all easily disassembled and reassembled in minutes with as
little as 3 standard tools. Carriers 39M
units can be ordered with shipping splits,
which speed section to section assembly.

39MW OUTDOOR UNIT

Carrier Corporation 2012

114

Form 39M-12PD

Features/Benefits (cont)
Redefining flexibility
Standard stacked fans and exhaust box
sections reduce the footprint of the
unit and ensure economical use of
building space. Accessibility is required
from only one side of the unit, increasing location options. This may result in
floor space savings of 20% over competitive units.
The use of non-staggered coils
allows flat and cartridge style filter sections to maintain face velocities of
500 fpm or less at nominal airflow.
Low velocity angle filtration sections
typically have velocities of 350 fpm or
less.

Custom engineered for


durability and longevity
Sealed panel double-wall R-13 insulation system means no insulation is exposed to the airstream. All panels are
easily removed in one piece for cleaning or access to all components.
Hinged doors are also available.
Internally mounted motors and
drives operate in a clean environment,
giving longer life to motor and belts.
Belts and drives are factory installed
and aligned.
Factory installed and wired variable
frequency drives, bypasses, motor
starters and disconnects are easily
available at the click of a button with
AHUBuilder software.
Internal isolation of the fan assembly
reduces vibration and eliminates the
need for unit isolation at installation
time. Fan and motor bearings are
mounted on a corrosion-resistant steel
frame, which is isolated from the outer
casing with 2-in. deflection, factoryinstalled spring isolators and a vibration-absorbent fan discharge seal.

Easy service and maintenance


Panels are easily removed in one piece
for cleaning or access to all components. Hinged doors are also available.

Optimized performance
Not only does AHUBuilder software
help define the footprint of your custom air handler, it also suggests an optimally selected fan based on your performance criteria. Choose from airfoil,
forward-curved, belt-drive plenum,
direct-drive plenum, and plenum fan
arrays based on first cost and performance requirements. As standard,
pillow-block bearings are rated at
200,000 hours average life (L50) in all
03-110 size airfoil, forward-curved,

and belt-drive plenum fans. Optionally,


bearings rated at 500,000 hours average life (L50) are available.
Standard low-leak dampers in mixing box sections seal tightly. Optional
high-efficiency airfoil blade dampers
are also available.
Exclusive Carrier coil surface results
in efficient heat transfer. Since less
heating and cooling fluid is circulated,
pumping costs are reduced.

Provisions for indoor air


quality (IAQ) requirements
Filtration flexibility includes
2-in. or 4-in. flat filters
2-in. or 4-in. angle filters
Side loading 12-in. bag/cartridge
filters with 2-in. prefilters
Side loading 30-in. bag/cartridge
filters with 2-in. prefilters
Face loading bag/cartridge filters
without prefilters
HEPA face loading bag/cartridge
filters without prefilters
Optional galvanized or stainless
steel coil drain pan Drain pan is
sloped toward the drain to remove
condensate completely. This eliminates
build-up of stagnant water during shutdown periods and keeps the air handler free of odors and bacteria. Stainless steel provides an easy-to-clean surface that resists corrosion.
UV-C germicidal lamps
Energy Savings: Lowers energy
costs by improving HVAC system
heat transfer and increasing net
cooling capacity.
Maintenance Savings: Continuously
cleans coils, drain pans, plenums,
and ducts, reducing or eliminating
manual cleaning and the use of
harmful chemicals.
Improved IAQ: Reduces the spread
of airborne microorganisms that
trigger allergy and asthma symptoms and reduces the spread of bacteria and viruses that can cause
infectious diseases.
Water Conservation: Reclaiming
clean condensate for tower makeup,
irrigation or gray water flushing
reduces water and waste water
costs.
Rapid Return on Investment: Offers
a return on investment in less than
2 years.
LEED Rating System Contribution:
UV-C lamp may contribute to points
in one or more areas of the U.S.
Green Building Council's LEED rating system.
114

Extensive AHUBuilder software optimized coil selection


The 39M air handlers have a wide selection of coils to meet your application needs. All 39M coils have Carrier's
high-performance coil surface; the coil
tubes are mechanically expanded into
the fins for improved fin bonding and
peak thermal transfer. All vent and
drain connections are accessible from
outside the cabinet. Optional copper
fins and stainless steel casings are available for all coils.
Chilled water coils These coils
have headers precisely sized to minimize water pressure loss. Chilled water
coils are manufactured of 1/2-in. OD
(5/8-in. OD optional) copper tubes with
aluminum plate fins (8, 11, or 14 fins
per in.). Copper and e-coated fins are
optional. Large, medium and bypass
face area coils are available in 4, 6, 8,
or 10 rows. Steel coil connectors with
male pipe thread are standard.
Direct expansion coils There is
no need to guess when it comes to direct expansion coil performance.
AHUBuilder is the only selection
program that crossplots the evaporator
and condensing unit performance to
show the true system capacity. Coils
are available in large or medium face
area, with 4, 6, or 8 rows. The tubes
are of 1/2-in. OD copper with aluminum-plate fins, and 8, 11, or 14 fins
per inch. Copper and e-coated fins
are available as an option. Choose
from quarter, half, full, or double circuits. Most direct expansion coils have
at least two splits allowing you to
match a coil with one or two condensing units for independent refrigerant
systems.
Hot water coils Carriers hot water coils are designed to provide heating capability for a complete range of
applications, at a working pressure
of 300 psig at 200 F. Hot water coils
are offered in 1, 2 or 4 rows, with fin
spacings of 8, 11, or 14 fins per inch.
Coils have aluminum plate fins with
copper tubes (copper and e-coat fins
available). Hot water coils are available
with large, medium, small or bypass
face areas.
Steam coils The 39M inner distributing tube (IDT) steam coils are designed for a working pressure of
175 psig at 400 F. The plate-fin steam
coil is available in one row 1-in. OD
and 1 or 2 row 5/8-in. OD copper
tubes, with 6, 9, or 12 aluminum fins
per inch. Steam coils are available with

large, medium, small or bypass face areas, and are sloped to drain condensate. Steam coils are especially suited
to applications where sub-freezing air
enters the air-handling unit, or where
uniformity of leaving-air temperature is
required.

Integral face and bypass coil


section Carrier offers integral face
and bypass (IFB) coils capable of maintaining a constant air volume within
5%, constant leaving-air temperature
as entering-air conditions vary, and
mixing of leaving-air temperatures
within 3 ft downstream with a maximum variance in air temperature of
5 F, regardless of damper position.
Electric heat coil The 39M electric heat coils may be ordered for factory installation into the electric heat section. Units with electric heat are designed in accordance by UL
(Underwriters Laboratories) 1995.
Indirect fired gas heating Gasfired heating sections are available in
409 and 304L stainless steel tubular
construction for use with natural gas or
propane. Our gas-fired heating

sections allow a minimium of 10:1 and


up to a maximum of 60:1 electronic
modulation depending on unit size and
gas heat configuration.

Components for customizing


standard units
Humidifers The 39M humidifiers
use insulated direct steam discharge
uprights constructed of 316 stainless
steel, supported by horizontal manifolds of the same material. Steam can
be delivered to the humidifier at atmospheric pressure from a steam generator or up to 60 psi plant steam.
Face and bypass components with
bypass cooling and heating coils
Four different component combinations provide controlled mixing of bypass air and conditioned air. These include bypass heating, bypass cooling,
bypass heating/cooling, and bypass
cooling/heating in either internal or external bypass mode.
Blow-thru coil These components
are available for single-duct, dual-duct,
and multizone applications requiring
cooling only or both heating and cool-

BACTERIA
SILVER IONS

AgION ANTIMICROBIAL
COMPOUND

ing. The diffuser plate is integrally


mounted to the fan discharge in blowthru applications.
Optional air mixer When installed
immediately downstream from a mixing box or filter mixing box, the air
mixer section blends airstreams with
different temperatures to within a
range of 6 F. The mixer section reduces air stratification and ensures that
exiting blended air has a uniform velocity. Blended air helps to reduce the
possibility of coil freeze-up and equalizes coil discharge temperatures.
Carrier factory-installed Direct
Digital Controls Carrier offers a
wide range of Direct Digital Controls
(DDC) to meet your application needs.
Contact your Carrier sales representative for details.
Custom design flexibility
Options not shown in the Product
Data or AHUBuilder software may
be available through the factory design
enhancement center. Contact your
local Carrier sales representative for
details.

AgION ANTI-MICROBIAL COATING

How it works:
The AgION antimicrobial compound is blended into a paint system, which resides in zeolites open molecular structure.
When ambient moisture is present, the zeolite acts as an ion
pump, slowly releasing silver ions into the air.
When the silver ions come into contact with bacteria and
other microbes, their chemical interaction disrupts electron
transfer and respiration, suppressing microbe growth on the air
handler.
As the air becomes more humid (and the more favorable for
microbial growth), more silver is released. However, there is a
maximum release rate, so even under very wet conditions, the
silver ions are released slowly, for long-term protection.

Table of contents
Page
Features/Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
AHRI Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model Number Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Selection Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-21
Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-26
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27-60
Physical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61-79
Typical Electric Heater Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-82
Guide Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83-114
114

AHRI certification

Coils installed in the Carrier 39M air handlers are rated


and certified in accordance with AHRI Standard 410 and a
detailed description of this industry standard can be found
in the Carrier Central Station Air Handler Coils catalog.
Plenum fans are rated in accordance with Air Movement
and Control Association (AMCA) 210.

The Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute


(AHRI) is a voluntary, nonprofit organization comprised of
the manufacturers of heating, air conditioning, refrigeration, and heating products. More than 90% of the air conditioning and refrigeration machinery and components
manufactured in the United States is produced by members of AHRI.
Carrier 39M air handlers are rated in accordance with
AHRI Standard 430, which is the industry standard for
central station air-handling units. Certification by participating manufacturers of units within the scope of this program requires that the ratings and performance of any
central station unit certified to AHRI be established in accordance with the AHRI Standard.
The following items are not within the scope of the
AHRI Central Station Air Handlers Certification program:
performance of fans with inlet guide vanes
sound ratings
electric heating coil ratings.

Model number nomenclature


39M

03

000001

12

S
Shipping Option
S Standard
Q Quote Control

39M Aero
Air Handler
Code Model
N Indoor Unit
W Outdoor Unit

Finish and Thermal Option


Order Type
S Special Order
X Standard Order

Unit Size
30
03
36
06
40
08
50
10
61
12
72
14
85
17
96
21
110 (B0)*
25

Shipping No. of Pieces


Example: 12 = 1 of 2
22 = 2 of 2

000001 thru 999999 Standard Unit

Revision Level
*B0 should be used to select unit size 110.
See Finish and Thermal Option table.

FINISH AND THERMAL OPTION (POSITION 17)

a39-4135

CODE

Quality Assurance

B
C
D
F
G
H
K
P
X

Certified to ISO 9001


MEA (Materials and Equipment Acceptance) number: 92-02-E

913

EXTERNAL
FINISH
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Pre-Paint

INTERNAL
FINISH
AgION
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
AgION
AgION
AgION
Special Order

THERMAL
BREAK
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2

Application data
Central station air handler

Face and bypass units

The central station air handler is a heating, ventilating, or


air-conditioning unit that is centrally located in, or on, a
building or structure. The air handler distributes air to desired areas through a system of ducts.

Horizontal

The 39M factory packaged unit


Individual components, such as fans, coils, and filters, are
assembled at the factory.
Packaged equipment is less costly than field-fabricated
equipment and does not require assembly.
The basic air-handling unit consists of a fan section and a
coil section. Other components, such as filter sections, airmixing boxes, access sections, and damper sections, may
also be provided.

Central station configurations


Draw-thru units
Horizontal

Blow-thru units
Blow-thru arrangements are more suitable on systems with
a significant amount of fan (and motor) heat. Fan heat can
add 0.3 F to 0.5 F per in. of total static pressure to the
airstream. Therefore, on such systems, it is more efficient
to use a blow-thru arrangement and add the fan heat before the cooling coil. With a draw-thru unit, the airstream
must be subcooled to anticipate the addition of fan heat
downstream of the cooling coil. Thermal storage and cold
air distribution systems benefit from blow-thru applications.
Air mixing using a plenum fan A static air mixer is
only effective between 900 and 1100 fpm. Using a blowthru plenum fan as the air mixing device assures proper mixing at all airflows. This arrangement is best for VAV systems
and will eliminate the added expense of a static air mixer.

Vertical (indoor unit only)


A
C
C
E
S
S

HEAT

MIXING
A39-4026.eps
BOX
AIRFLOW

PLENUM FAN

COOL

FILTER

Dual duct The unit delivers 2 outputs; one outlet produces hot air while the other produces cold air (indoor unit
only).

*Fan discharge may be horizontal or upblast.

Stacked return fan


HEAT

FILTER

A39-4027.eps

MIXING
BOX
AIRFLOW

FAN

FILTER

H
E
A
T

C
O
O
L

AIRFLOW

MIXING
BOX

FAN

COOL

EXHAUST
BOX

HOT
DECK
COLD
DECK

FAN

A39-4025.eps

Application data (cont)


Multizone Mixing dampers blend hot-deck and colddeck temperatures to produce a desired temperature for individual zones. Several blending dampers per unit produce
independent zones, each responding to its own thermostat
(indoor unit only).
ZONING DAMPERS

FILTER

PLENUM FAN

HEAT

AIRFLOW

COOL

A39-4028.eps
MIXING
BOX

High filtration units

MIXING
BOX

FILTER

AIRFLOW

COOL

High filtration units employ a filter section ahead of the


cooling and heating coils. A second filter section, called a
final filter, is placed at the end of the unit at the point
where the air enters the ductwork.

FAN

DIF- FINAL
FUSER FILTER

Fans
The 39M central station air handlers use belt-driven centrifugal fans. A centrifugal fan is one in which the air flows
radially through the impeller. Centrifugal fans are classified
according to fan wheel and blade construction. The 39M
fans can be selected as double width, double inlet (DWDI)
with forward curved or airfoil blades. Plenum fans are selected as single width, single inlet (SWSI) with airfoil blades.
Standard and small wheels are available on most sizes.
Laws of fan performance
Fan laws are used to predict fan performance under changing operating conditions or by fan size. They are applicable
to all types of fans.
The fan laws are stated below. The symbols used in the
formulas represent the following variables:
CFM Volume rate of flow through the fan.
RPM Rotational speed of the impeller.
P
Pressure developed by the fan.
Hp Horsepower input to the fan.
D
Fan wheel diameter. The fan size number can be
used if it is proportional to the wheel diameter.
W Air density, varying directly as the barometric pressure and inversely as the absolute temperature.
Application of these laws is limited to cases where fans
are geometrically similar.

FAN LAWS
VARIABLE

SPEED
(RPM)

CONSTANT

CFM1
RPM1
=
CFM2
RPM2

Pressure varies as the square of


the Speed.

P1
=
P2

Horsepower varies as the cube of


the Speed.

Hp1
Hp2

Capacity and Horsepower vary as


the square of the Fan Size.

Hp1
CFM1
=
=
CFM2
Hp2

Speed varies inversely as the


Fan Size.

D2
RPM1
=
RPM2
D1

Pressure remains constant.

P1 = P2

Capacity varies as the cube of


the Size.

CFM1
=
CFM2

Pressure varies as the square of


the Size.

P1
P2

Horsepower varies as the fifth


power of the Size.

Hp1
Hp2

Pressure
Fan Size
Distribution System

Speed, Capacity, and Horsepower


vary inversely as the square root
of Density.

RPM1
CFM1
Hp1
=
=
=
RPM2
CFM2
Hp2

Airflow
Fan Size
Distribution System

Pressure and Horsepower vary with


Density.

P1
Hp1 W1
=
=
P2
Hp2 W2

Speed remains constant.

RPM1 = RPM2

Air Density
Fan Size
Distribution System

FAN SIZE
(D)
Air Density
Wheel Speed

FORMULA

Airflow varies directly with the Speed.

Air Density
Tip Speed

AIR DENSITY
(W)

LAW

( RPM
RPM )
RPM
= (
RPM )
2

( DD )
1
2

( DD )
D
= ( )
D
D
= ( )
D
1
2

2
1

1/2

( WW )
2
1

Fan selection criteria


System requirements The major factors that influence fan selection are airflow, external static pressure, fan
speed, brake horsepower, and sound level. Additional
system considerations include the fan control method,
overloading, and non-standard air density. Fan selection
for air-conditioning service usually involves choosing the
smallest fan that provides an acceptable level of performance, efficiency and quality.
Pressure considerations The static pressure is the
resistance of the combined system apart from the fan.
Contributors to static pressure include other components
in the air handler, ductwork, and terminals. The static
pressure is dependent on the airflow through the system,
which is determined by the air conditioning requirements.
As shown in the second fan law in the table on the preceding page, the static pressure varies as the square of the
airflow (cfm). This ratio between pressure and airflow
determines the system curve for any air-handling system.
The static pressure used to select a fan should be the
pressure calculated for the system at design airflow. If the
static pressure is overestimated, the increase in horsepower and air volume depends upon the steepness of the fan
curves in the selection area.
With forward-curved (FC) fans, if the actual system static
pressure is less than the design static pressure, the fan has
a tendency to deliver more air and draw correspondingly
higher bhp (kW of energy). This higher current draw may
overload the motor and trip circuit breakers. This is a common occurrence when FC centrifugal fans are operated before all the ductwork has been installed, or during the pulldown load on a VAV system.
With airfoil (AF) fans (non-overloading), if the actual
static pressure is less than the design static pressure, the
fan delivers more air with little or no increase in bhp in
most applications. In this case, adding a safety factor to the
calculated static pressure can increase fan horsepower (and
costs) unnecessarily.
Stability Fan operation is stable if it remains unchanged after a slight temporary disturbance, or if the fan
operation point shifts to another location on the fan curve
after a slight permanent disturbance. Fan operation is
unstable if it fluctuates repeatedly or erratically. There are
2 main types of unstable fan operation:
System surge is a cycling increase and decrease in system
static pressure.
Fan stall is the most common type of instability, and it
occurs with any type of centrifugal fan when the fan is
starved for air.
Normally, the rotation of the fan wheel forces the air
through the blade passageway from the low pressure to the
high pressure side of the fan. If the airflow is restricted too
much, however, there is not enough air to fill the space
between the blades and the air distribution between the
blades becomes uneven and erratic. Air can flow backwards through the wheel, substantially increasing the noise
level. If the fan runs in this condition for a long time, wheel
failure will likely occur.

For a given speed, the operating point where a fan stalls


is a function of the wheel geometry and wheel speed. In
general, the stall point is within 15 to 25% of the airflow
obtained at free delivery.
Stability and VAV applications Special considerations must be made for VAV systems. While the initial fan
selection may be acceptable, its operating point could shift
to a point of stall at minimum airflow and pressure conditions. The typical minimum airflow is half of the design
cooling airflow, which is also often equal to the heating
airflow. To determine and plot the minimum airflow versus
static pressure, use the following equation. This equation
solves for the static pressure at a specific airflow based on
a minimum static pressure set point:

((
((

CFM1
CFMDESIGN

7,500
15,000

(SPDESIGN SPMIN)

X (4 2)

) + SP

MIN

= SP1

) + 2 = 2.50 in. wg

CFM Airflow in Cubic Feet Per Minute


SP Static Pressure

The table below illustrates a system with an airfoil fan wheel


at a cooling design of 15,000 cfm and a system static
pressure of 4 in. wg. The minimum airflow is 7,500 cfm
with a minimum system static pressure set point of 2 in.
wg. The minimum static set point is based on zero
airflow and does not coincide with the minimum
design airflow.
Example:
% CFM

CFM

100
90
80
70
60
50

15,000
13,500
12,000
10,500
9,000
7,500

SYSTEM AND FAN STATIC PRESSURE


in. wg
4.00
3.62
3.28
2.98
2.72
2.50

As shown on the highlighted VAV curve, the minimum


airflow and static pressure (MP) are both well within the
fans acceptable operating conditions.
VAV EXAMPLES
11
MSE

10

SC

9
T
O
T
A

8
7

N
4
RP

W
G

3
MP

2
1
0
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

AIRFLOW (1000 CFM)

MP Minimum Point
MSE Maximum Static Efficiency

RP Rated Point
SC System Curve

Application data (cont)

Clean filters result in a TSP of 2.55 inches.


In the chart below, follow the 1010 rpm line down to
2.55 inches.
39M SIZE 30 FORWARD-CURVED FAN CURVE
8
MSE
7

SC

6
TOTAL IN. WG

Sound considerations The fan is one of the main


sound sources in an air-conditioning system. Other sources
of sound include the duct system and terminals, because
they generate turbulence in the air flowing through them.
Simply estimating fan sound does not give an accurate picture of total system sound, but fan sound is a major component of system sound, and should be minimized.
To minimize its sound generation, a fan must be correctly sized and selected to operate at or near peak efficiency.
Oversized fans can generate much higher sound power levels than necessary, especially in VAV systems operating at
low airflows. Undersized fans can also result in higher
sound power levels because of increased fan speeds and
the higher tip velocity of the air leaving the fan blades.
For VAV systems, the part load point at which the fan
operates most of the time should be used to select a fan for
lowest sound output.
Variable frequency drives (VFDs) are used to modulate
fan volume. A VFD reduces the sound power level as the
fan speed is reduced. At 50% load, the sound level is reduced approximately 15 dB compared to the sound level at
100% load. When using variable frequency drives, it is important that the static deflection of the vibration isolators is
adequate. At very low fan speeds, the fan frequency may
approach the natural frequency of the spring isolation. If
this happens, the vibration levels can be amplified and resonant vibration conditions can occur.
When sound level is a major consideration, a blow-thru
fan should be considered because of the reduced discharge
sound level. This sound reduction is due to the sound absorption of the coil section downstream from the fan. Transition fittings and elbows can be reduced in size or eliminated, thereby eliminating a sound source.
To obtain projected sound data for a selected 39M unit,
use the electronic catalog AHUBuilder program.
Dirty filtration considerations Consider selecting an
air handler with dirty filters so that, in theory, the unit will
have enough horsepower to deliver the same amount of air
when the filters are dirty. On a constant volume unit, that
would only work if the unit contained an airflow measuring
station and could adjust the flow accordingly via a VFD.
Otherwise, the point of operation moves along the rpm
line as the static pressure in the system changes.
What happens when you order the fan with sheaves
selected for dirty filters? Three things:
1. The air balancer forces the selection of a smaller
sheave because the airflow is too high. When the filters load up, airflow is reduced.
2. If an air balance is not performed, the cooling coil
may exhibit moisture carryover due to the considerable increase in airflow.
3. The fan motor trips out on overload with the forward
curve fan because of the increase in bhp.
Example:
Forward-Curved Fan, 15,000 cfm, 1010 rpm, 17.8 hp,
selected with 100% dirty 60 to 65% cartridge filters and
pre-filters. Dirty filters result in a total static pressure (TSP)
of 4 inches.

5
RP

4
3
2
1
0
0

LEGEND

\
\

Rpm
Bhp (Brake
Horsepower)
MSE Max. Static Eff.
RP Rated Point
SC System Curve

8 10 12 14 16
AIRFLOW (1000 CFM)

18

20

22 24

RPM = 1010
BHP = 17.8
Class II Max RPM = 1217
Max BHP = 15.0
RPMs (x 100, L to R): 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 13
BHPs (L to R): 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25,
30, 40

Airflow with a clean filter will be 21,000 cfm. Also note


that the horsepower goes from 17.8 bhp to about 28 bhp
because the FC fan is an overloading type fan.
So, if dirty filters need to be taken into consideration, do
one of the following:
1. Make the final fan selection with the clean filter rpm
but use the motor horsepower requirement for dirty
filters.
2. Make the final fan selection with the dirty filter rpm
and use the motor horsepower requirement for dirty
filters only if the engineer plans on using a VFD
and airflow measurement station or if it is a VAV
system.
3. Use an airfoil fan when the difference between dirty
and clean filter pressure drop is greater than 1 inch.
That way, the difference between clean and dirty airflow is minimized.
Example:
Airfoil Fan, 15,000 cfm, 2210 rpm, 18.8 hp, selected
with 100% dirty 60 to 65% cartridge filters and pre-filters.
Dirty filters result in a total static pressure (TSP) of
4 inches.
Clean filters result in a TSP of 2.55 inches.

In the chart below, follow the 2210 rpm line down to


2.55 inches.
39M SIZE 30 AIRFOIL FAN CURVE
11
MSE

10

SC

TOTAL IN. WG

8
7
6

RP

3
2
1
0

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
AIRFLOW (1000 CFM)

LEGEND

\
\

Calculate the total fan motor heat output (Q) according


to motor efficiency:
Q = (Motor Output) (Motor Efficiency [Typical])
Q = 9.89 0.86
Q = 11.5 hp
Convert horsepower to Btu per hour.
11.5 hp x 2545 = 29,268 Btuh

Calculate the required fan motor output (Hp) due to drive


loss.
Hp = (Fan bhp) x (Drive Loss)
Hp = 9.6 x 1.03
Hp = 9.89 hp (select 10 Hp motor)

Rpm
Bhp (Brake
Horsepower)
MSE Max. Static Eff.
RP Rated Point
SC System Curve

RPM = 2210
BHP = 18.8
Class II Max RPM = 2442
Max BHP = 15.0
RPMs (x 100, L to R): 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26
BHPs (L to R): 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25,
30, 40

Airflow with a clean filter will be 16,700 cfm. Since airfoil fans are non-overloading (bhp lines run parallel with
rpm lines) the bhp does not change (actually, bhp
decreases).
Fan, motor, and drive heat considerations The
work output of a fan and its motor and drive contribute directly to the airflow and pressure exiting the air handler.
Not all of the fan energy output generates airflow, however. Fan motors are not 100% efficient, and their efficiency loss translates directly into heat that must be factored in
when calculating the temperature rise across a fan section.
Fans also add a certain amount of heat to the airstream
due to the effects of compression and bearing friction. Finally, belt drives do not transmit all of the energy generated
by the motor. Some of the energy is lost as heat due to belt
tension and the type and number of belts. Belt drive bhp
losses range from 2 to 6 percent; a 3% loss is typical.
Because the 39M Series air handlers all have fans, motors, and drives located within the airstream, heat losses
from these components affect the power requirements,
cooling load, and heating load.
Power losses in the motor and drive should be allowed
for when determining the motor output (bhp), so that the
motor can be correctly sized and the additional heat output
can be subtracted from cooling capacity or added to heating capacity. A typical example follows:
Given Fan Operating Point:
13,224 cfm
9.6 Fan bhp
3.0% Estimated drive loss

Calculate the increase in leaving-air temperature (T) due


to fan and motor heat and drive losses:
Q = 1.1 x cfm x T
29,268 Btuh = 1.1 x 13,224 x T
29,268 Btuh = 14,546.4 x T
T = 2.01 F (use to estimate coil requirements)

Fan application
Certain fans are more efficient in low static pressure systems, while others operate best in higher pressure systems.
Some fan types are designed to handle very large air volumes while others are more efficient at lower volumes. See
the Fan Type and Application table on page 11.
Forward-curved (FC) fans are typically used for low to
medium pressure applications (0 to 5 in. wg total static
pressure [TSP]).
The FC fans are reasonably stable over a wide airflow
(cfm) range at constant speed. Because of the relatively flat
curve, FC fans tolerate modulation in airflow without large
increases in static pressure. Most important, FC fans have
the lowest first cost.
Airfoil (AF) fans are most efficient at higher static pressures (4.0 to 8.0 in. wg total static pressure).
Because of the shape of the AF fan performance curve,
bhp decreases as air volume decreases only when a VAV
volume control device, such as a variable frequency drive
(VFD), is used.
Airfoil fans are more expensive than FC fans and,
in addition, there is a price premium for the volume
control device, if required.

Application data (cont)


Plenum fans (sometimes called plug fans) are typically
used in medium to high static pressure applications where
ductwork requires discharge location flexibility. They can
reduce the need for ductwork turns or diffusers, especially
when equipment room space is limited.
Plenum fans are less efficient than double-width, doubleinlet airfoil fans. General construction also differs from that
of FC or AF fans. The fan does not have a scroll to enclose
the fan wheel and direct airflow. Instead, the entire interior
of the plenum fan section is pressurized by the fan.
Plenum fans have single-width, single-inlet (SWSI) construction. The fan shaft is parallel with the airflow, and the
motor and bearings are located inside the plenum in the
pressurized airstream. An optional inlet screen and wheel
cage can be installed to help protect personnel during
maintenance.
Plenum fans are generally used where there are space
limitations, a need for discharge flexibility, a need for reduced discharge sound, or where duct configurations might
change in the future. For example, in an application where
there is not enough room in the building for a large main
duct, several smaller duct runs may approach the mechanical equipment room from all sides. In such an application,
several connections can be made to one or more sides of
the plenum fan section. Installing contractors can cut outlets in the plenum box at the time of installation to suit the
conditions at the jobsite.
Because the casing of a plenum fan section acts as a
sound attenuator, plenum fans are also sometimes used
when discharge sound levels need to be reduced.
Duct takeoffs from plenum fans can have relatively high
pressure losses and can also create turbulence that causes a
larger pressure drop across coil and filter sections. When
selecting a plenum fan, the pressure drop for the duct takeoffs must be added to the external static pressure for the
rest of the system.
To calculate the pressure losses from plenum fan
duct takeoffs, use the following formula and refer
to the figure at right.
Pl = Pp - Pd = (Cv) (Vp)
Where Pl is the pressure loss, Pp is the plenum pressure,
Pd is the duct pressure, Cv is the pressure loss coefficient,
and Vp is the velocity pressure in the duct. Note that for radial duct takeoffs, Cv is 1.5 in. wg, while for axial duct takeoffs, Cv is 2.0 in. wg. To calculate velocity pressure (Vp) in
the duct, use the following formula, where V is the air velocity in the duct:
Vp = [(V) (4005)]2
Also note that with more than one duct takeoff and different duct velocities, the highest duct velocity and highest
Cv value should be used in the formulas.

Duct design considerations (system effect


prevention)
The discharge ductwork immediately downstream from the
fan is critical for successful applications. Poorly designed
ductwork can degrade fan performance and contribute to
excessive pressure drop and noise.
10

PLENUM FAN APPLICATION


Cv = 1.5 in. wg
P = (1.5) x (V 4005)2

Pd

Pp

Pd

AIR
FLOW

NOTE: V is the air velocity in the duct.

Cv = 2.0 in. wg
P = (2.0) x (V 4005)2

The 39M Series airfoil and forward-curved fans are tested as part of a system with straight discharge ductwork,
and the fan ratings are based on this duct design. When
designing ductwork in the field, it is important to use a
straight discharge duct of the correct dimensions to obtain
maximum fan performance. Straight ductwork helps the
airflow to develop a uniform velocity profile as it exits the
fan and allows the velocity pressure to recover into static
pressure. See the figure below.
For 100% recovery of velocity pressure into static pressure, the straight portion of the discharge duct must be at
least at least 21/2 times the discharge diameter in length
for velocities of 2500 fpm or less. For each additional
1000 fpm, add one duct diameter to the length of the
straight portion of the ductwork.
As an example of how to size the straight portion of
duct, assume the fan has a 34 x 34 in. discharge outlet
(8.03 sq ft). The equivalent diameter is 39 in., so the
straight duct length required would be 8 ft long.
Plenum fans do not require straight ductwork of a particular minimum length, because velocity pressure is converted to static pressure inside the plenum fan section. Outlet
ducts, however, should not be installed directly in line with
the air discharge from the fan wheel.

CUTOFF

DISCHARGE DUCT

CENTRIFUGAL
FAN

100% EFFECTIVE DUCT LENGTH


2 1/2 DIAMETERS AT 2500 FPM

FAN TYPE AND APPLICATION


TYPE
Forward-Curved
(FC)
Side View

Airfoil
(AF)
Side View

Plenum
(PAF)
End View

CHARACTERISTICS
Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
Best at low or medium pressure (approximately
0 to 5 in. wg).
Horsepower increases continuously with
increase in air quantity (overloads) as static
pressure decreases.
Less expensive than AF fans.
Runs at relatively low speed, typically 400 to
1200 rpm.
Blades curve toward direction of rotation.
Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
Best in high capacity and high-pressure
applications (4 to 8 in. wg).
Horsepower peaks at high capacities.
Most expensive of centrifugal fans.
Operates at high speeds, typically 1200 to
2800 rpm. About double the speed of FC fan
for similar air quantity.
Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to
airplane wing and are curved away from direction
of rotation.

Single-width, single-inlet (SWSI) construction.


Characteristics similar to DWDI airfoil fan.
Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to
airplane wing and are curved away from direction
of rotation. Fewer blades and wider blade
spacing than AF fans.

Fan control on variable air volume systems


Introduction
Since VAV systems inherently reduce airflow to meet demand, they are a major source of energy savings. This occurs because fan brake horsepower (bhp) varies with the
amount of air delivered.
The degree to which bhp savings are realized, however,
is also affected by the type of fan volume control selected
and the effectiveness of its application. Effective fan control ensures proper duct pressure for the required control
stability of the air terminals and provides quiet terminal
unit operation when riding the fan curve.
Consider the following when selecting a fan volume control method:
1. System parameters
a. Airflow (cfm)
b. Static pressure
c. Percent volume reduction (turndown)

APPLICATION

For low to medium pressure air-handling


applications.

For medium to high air capacity and pressure


applications.

Best in applications with limited space or


multiple ducts.

2. Fan type and selection point


a. Design point efficiency
b. Part load efficiency (especially the point where the
fan will be operating most of the time)
c. Part load stability
3. Ease of control installation and use
4. Motor selection
a. Higher bhp inputs due to efficiency of VAV control method
b. Compatibility with VAV control
5. Sound levels
a. Fan-generated sound
b. Terminal sound
c. Control-generated sound
d. System sound (ducts, fittings)
6. Initial cost and operating cost
7. Reliability and ease of maintenance

11

Application data (cont)


System parameters
Before a fan type or control is selected, the system must be
analyzed at both the design point and part load. The fan is
likely to be operating at part load a large percentage of the
time.

Methods of fan air-volume control


Riding the fan curve with terminal throttling (forward
curved fans)
Variable frequency drives (VFDs)
A short description of air-volume control methods follows.
A summary comparison table is provided at the end of the
section.
Forward-curved (FC) fans with terminal throttling
(riding fan curve) This is the simplest, most reliable,
and most economical first-cost method of air volume control on VAV systems, since no accessories are required.
This type of VAV control can be used on forward-curved
fans with flat pressure characteristics and in systems where
static pressure changes at the terminals are moderate. Air
volume reduction is produced solely by throttling of terminal units in response to load reduction. As the units throttle, system resistance changes.
The chart below, Forward-Curved Fan with Air Terminal
Throttling, illustrates the reduction in bhp and airflow at
constant speed. Point A is the peak airflow operating
point. Note the required bhp at this airflow. As airflow is
reduced by terminal throttling, move along the fan constant rpm curve to point B. Note the lower cfm and bhp
values at B.
At reduced airflow conditions, the total system static
pressure may undergo little or no change, although air
pressure loss through the air-handling unit decreases. This
means that duct pressure increases as pressure loss across

the terminal unit increases. For low-static and mediumstatic pressure systems, this increase in duct pressure
should not result in noticeable sound level changes. However, at higher design static pressures, sound levels and
duct leakage may increase and the control method should
be reviewed to determine if it is feasible.
Variable frequency drives Variable frequency drives
(VFDs) modulate the fan motor speed in response to air
volume requirements. To vary the motor speed, a VFD
changes the input frequency and line voltage into a wide
range of frequency and voltage outputs, while maintaining
a constant frequency to voltage ratio.
Variable frequency drives convert input ac power to dc
power and then convert the dc power to a different ac
power output using an inverter. The inverter creates the ac
output by rapidly switching the polarity of the voltage from
positive to negative. Power output from the VFD is not a
smooth sine wave, but has many steps in the wave form.
This type of power output can cause a standard fan motor
to exceed its rated temperature range. The stepped power
output also results in motor efficiency losses that must be
considered when calculating the energy savings offered by
the VFD.
Due to the stepped power output generated by VFDs,
fan motors rated for inverter duty are recommended. If a
standard motor is used with a VFD, the motor should not
be operated at the full service factor.
Variable frequency drives can be an effective way to control air volume and save energy. They can provide greater
reduction in fan bhp than throttling with either fan discharge dampers or inlet guide vanes. At reduced load requirements, fan speed is reduced proportionately with resulting lower airflow, lower static pressure, lower bhp requirements, and lower sound levels.

FORWARD-CURVED FAN WITH AIR TERMINAL THROTTLING


VARIATIONS IN BHP AT CONSTANT RPM

12

As the load decreases in a VAV system and the terminal


units throttle, duct static pressure increases. A static pressure sensor in the duct system detects the pressure increase
and initiates a fan speed change through the VFD. Fan
speed is reduced until the duct sensor detects a satisfactory
duct pressure.
The Variable Frequency Fan Speed Control chart illustrates the results of fan speed reduction as operation shifts
from Point A to Point B. If duct pressure begins to fall due
to terminal units opening, the duct sensor signals the VFD
to increase fan speed.

This method of air volume control permits fan speed


reduction down to as low as 10% of the design speed. With
FC fans riding the fan curve at the lower rpm, airflow may
be as low as 10% of peak design, as long as motor rpm is
not less than 1/6 of motor synchronous speed.
The method may be applied to any size VAV system with
any type of fan. It is particularly cost effective on systems
with high turndown requirements where the full speed reduction capability can be used.

VARIABLE FREQUENCY FAN SPEED CONTROL

FAN SUMMARY COMPARISON


TYPE OF
CONTROL

FIRSTCOST RANK

SOUND
GENERATION
RANK*

ENERGYSAVINGS
RANK

APPLICATION
RANGE NORMAL
FOR AIR COND.

COMMENTS

FC Fan
Terminal Throttling
(Riding Fan Curve)

1
(Lowest Cost)

TSP 0to 4.5in. wg


Cfm 3,000 to 35,000

For moderate turndown systems with a flat fan curve


and low to medium static pressure and cfm range.

FC Fan with
2-Speed Motor

TSP 0to 4.5in. wg


Cfm 3,000 to 35,000

1
(Quietest)

1
(Best)

TSP 0 to 4.5in. wg
Cfm 3,000 to 35,000

For systems with predictable 2-load situations in low


to medium static pressure range. Controls are more
complicated. Starters are more costly.
For high turndown, low to medium static pressure
systems. Best energy savings. Fast payback. Fan
generates least sound.

1
(Quietest)

1
(Best)

TSP 4.5 to 8.0in. wg


Cfm 5,000 to 63,000

FC Fan
With Variable
Frequency Drive
AF and
Plenum Fan
With Variable
Frequency Drive
LEGEND
AF Airfoil
FC Forward Curved
TSP Total Static Pressure

For high turndown, medium to high static pressure


systems. Best energy savings. Fan generates least
sound.

*Including part load.


NOTE: Rank is based on a relative scale of 1 to 4. Some methods have
comparable rating.

13

Application data (cont)


Unit control arrangements with Carrier
Direct Digital Controls
Supply fan control
In a VAV system, supply fan control is used to match the
supply fan delivery to the airflow required by the load. This
is done by maintaining a constant static pressure in the
supply duct at a point approximately 2/3 of the distance
from the supply fan discharge.
The DDC processor uses a control loop to provide the
capability. This processor measures the static pressure at
the pick-up probe, compares it to the desired set point,
and modulates the fan volume control device. See the
Supply Fan Control figure. The volume control device can
be a factory-installed or field-installed variable frequency
drive (VFD).
The VFD offers several advantages over inlet guide
vanes. First, the VFD operates more efficiently in most
applications, thus saving energy. The VFD also provides
the ability to maintain control over a much larger airflow
range (it has a higher turn-down ratio). The following
guideline should be used to ensure proper control:
Variable frequency drives should not be operated at
below 1/6 motor synchronous speed.

For supply fan applications, the DDC processor option


maintains the duct static pressure at a desired set point between 0.2 and 4.5 in. wg to within 0.1 in. wg throughout
the fan control range. In applications where more than
100 ft of pneumatic tubing is required, the transducer must
be removed from the control box and remotely mounted
near the static pressure pickup.

Indoor air quality (IAQ) applications


The CO2 demand-controlled ventilation (DCV) override increases the minimum ventilation level in order to maintain
the CO2 level at or below the maximum level per person.
By ventilating only to the actual rate required, rather than
the maximum design occupancy rate, energy savings are
achieved. When combined with Product Integrated Controls, this feature automatically adapts and changes ventilation quantity without operator set point adjustments. The
CO2 DCV override feature has user-selectable values for
minimum mixed-air temperature override, maximum
damper ventilation override position, and supply air tempering (when hot water/steam heat is used).

SUPPLY FAN CONTROL

DDC
CONTROL
BOX

VFD

MXB

OUTDOOR
AIR

2/3 DUCT LENGTH


MOTOR

RETURN
AIR

FILTER

COIL

SUPPLY FAN

LEGEND
DDC Direct Digital Control
MXB Mixing Box
VFD Variable Frequency Drive

14

Static Pressure Pick-Up

Coils
Coil definitions
A coil, as the term is used with air-handling equipment, is a
heat exchange device. A heating or cooling medium passes
through the coil, where it either rejects heat to, or absorbs
heat from, the airstream passing over the coil, depending
upon the relative temperatures of the medium and airstream.
Tube The tube is a small-diameter pipe through which
the heating or cooling medium passes as it rejects or absorbs heat. Coil tubes are generally constructed of copper
but may be made of other metals.
Fin The coil fin is a thin metal plate attached to the tube
to improve the heat transfer efficiency from medium to airstream. Typically, it is made of either aluminum or copper.
AIRFLOW

DEPTH

TUBE

WIDTH

OUTLET

COIL TYPE
Cooling
Heating

HEADER

INLET

NOM.
TUBE
LENGTH

FINNED
AREA

CASING

Header The header is a large diameter pipe to which


several tubes are connected. It distributes the heating or
cooling medium to the tubes. Headers are typically of nonferrous metal or steel.
Casing The supporting metal structure for tubes and
header is called a casing. It is usually made of galvanized
steel but can be made of other materials (stainless steel).
Inlet and outlet These are pipe stubs on the header
where the heating or cooling medium enters and leaves the
coil.
In water coils, the supply inlet is the pipe stub located on
the side where the air leaves the coil. The outlet is the stub
on the entering air side of the coil. Such an arrangement is
known as counterflow.
In steam coils, the inlet is always the higher stub so that
condensate will drain out of the lower stub.
Finned area or face area The working area of the
coil is defined as the width x length of the finned area
through which air passes. This finned or face area does not
include the casing.
Face velocity This is the air velocity in fpm across the
finned or face area of a coil. Face velocity is determined by
dividing the air volume in cfm by the coil face area in
square feet.
Face Velocity (Fpm) =

This maximum is determined by the specifier and is


based primarily on the following criteria:
1. Avoidance of moisture carryover into the ductwork
(applies to cooling coils only).
2. Air pressure drop across the coil.
3. Heat transfer efficiency.
The maximum safe air velocity without moisture carryover into the ductwork depends on the type and spacing of
the finned surface, the amount of moisture on the coil, and
the geometry between coil and fan inlet or ductwork. Since
coil moisture conditions vary, and coil versus duct geometry varies (for example, between draw-thru, blow-thru, vertical, or horizontal units), the specified maximum face velocity should allow for these variations.
Fan horsepower is also affected by face velocity, since
the air resistance across the coil varies roughly as the
square of the face velocity.
For the above reasons, the maximum specified face velocity is normally a conservative figure (on the low side).
Suggested design face velocities are as follows:
FACE VELOCITY RANGE
400 to 550 fpm
400 to 800 fpm

In variable air volume (VAV) applications, the system


generally operates below peak air volume for extended periods. In such cases, the design face velocity is commonly
selected at the higher end of the suggested range.
Tube face This is the number of tubes in any one coil
row.
Below is a diagram of a 4-row coil with a 4-tube face.
Note that tubes are staggered in adjacent rows.

Cooling coils are typically available in 4, 6, 8, and 10row configurations. Tubes should have an outside diameter
(OD) of 1/2 in. to maximize heat transfer at minimum water flows. Coils should be sized for the most efficient use of
water. Water temperature differences of 12 to 16 F are
typical and represent optimum selection points.
Pass That part of the circuit that passes through the
airstream once.

Air Volume (Cfm)


Coil Face Area (Sq Ft)

The first step in selecting an air handler size is to determine the maximum allowable face velocity.

Note that this is a 4-pass circuit.


15

Application data (cont)


Direct expansion (DX) coils Direct expansion coils
can have two intertwined refrigerant circuits. In addition,
quarter, half, full and double circuiting configurations are
offered to allow optimum system performance and oil return at full and part-load operation.
Circuiting selection should result in a circuit loading of
0.8 to 2.0 tons per circuit at design load. Circuit loading
must be evaluated at minimum load to ensure that it does
not drop below 0.6 tons per circuit. Solenoid valves may
be used, if necessary, to shut off the refrigerant supply to
individual expansion valves to maintain adequate coil circuit loading.
Compressor minimum unloading and TXV quantity is
necessary to determine minimum tonnage per circuit.
Minimum Unloading Equation:

from an alternate vendor, be sure to specify a 5% minimum bleed port.

Ethylene glycol
The effects of ethylene glycol usage on coil capacity
and pressure drop can be determined from the AHUBuilder program. For a quick estimate of these
effects, use the chart below.
The chart is based on 6-row/14-fin coil performance
with the only variable being ethylene glycol concentration
by weight.

Filters
ETHYLENE GLYCOL EFFECTS

(Tons/Circuit) x (Minimum Unloading)


x (Total # of TXVs)
# of TXVs Active
Example:
Condensing Unit:
Minimum Unloading:
Coil:
Coil Tons/Circuit:
Total TXVs:

38AUZ012
33%
6 row, 11 FPI, Half Circuit
1.68
2

In the first example we will determine the tons/circuit


when both TXVs are active and the compressor is
unloaded to its minimum of 33%.
(1.68 Tons/Circuit) x (33% Minimum Unloading)
x (2 TXVs)
=
2 TXVs Active
=

NOTE: Use the percentage of ethylene glycol concentration for burst


protection, not freeze-up protection.

(1.68) x (.33) x (2)


2

= .55 tons/circuit at minimum unloading: UNACCEPTABLE


If we install a liquid line solenoid valve before one of the
TXVs and close it so that only one TXV is active when the
compressor is unloaded to its minimum of 33 %, we
see the following:
(1.68 Tons/Circuit) x (33% Minimum Unloading)
x (2 TXVs)
=
1 TXV Active
=

(1.68) x (.33) x (2)


1

= 1.10 tons/circuit at minimum unloading: ACCEPTABLE


Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) kits are available
though AHUBuilder software. If TXVs are purchased

16

114

Air is contaminated in varying degrees by soil, organic


matter, spores, bacteria, smoke, dust, and fumes.
Air cleaning and filtration devices are required in order
to create a clean work environment, reduce cleaning costs,
and extend the life of machinery or equipment.

Filter ratings (MERV)


Filters are rated according to efficiency and dust-holding
capacity.
The most commonly accepted method of testing filter
efficiency is per ASHRAE Standard 52. An explanation of
filter ratings can be found in Chapter 24 of the ASHRAE
HVAC Systems and Equipment Handbook. ASHRAE
standard 52.2 defines the minimum efficiency reporting
value (MERV).
Filter dust-holding capacity is directly related to filter life.
The filter is replaced when the amount of dirt and dust it
contains builds up air resistance to an unacceptable level.
Air resistance build-up is measured by a filter air-resistance
gage.

Selection procedure
Size selection

SPECIFICATION WORKSHEET

This catalog has been designed to provide a quick and accurate means of selecting and specifying a central station airhandling unit. Start with the information you have: required
airflow and preferred coil face velocity to select a nominal
unit size. Contact your Carrier sales representative for the
AHUBuilder program. Next, refer to the component descriptions on pages 27-60. After determining the unit size
and unit configuration, use the worksheet on this page to record dimension and weight information for each section and
to add the total unit weight and length.

JOB NAME ________________________________________

NOTE: Carriers AHUBuilder program provides exact


coil and performance data certified to the AHRI 410 and
430 standards. In addition to standard outputs, the program provides coil moisture carryover information. When
information from the computer selection programs is not
available, use the following general guidelines for velocity
limits to avoid moisture carryover.

PIPE CONNECTION SIZES


COOLING COIL:
SUPPLY ______
HEATING COIL:
SUPPLY ______

COIL MOISTURE BLOWOFF LIMITS (fpm)


FINS per Inch
ALUMINUM
COPPER
E-COAT
8
550
500
475
11
550
425
400
14
550
375
350
NOTES:
1. See AHUBuilder program for specific limitations.
2. Data shown is for general use at 80 F dry bulb (db)/67 F wet
bulb (wb) entering air, 55 db/55 wb (F) leaving air conditions.
3. Units apply to clean, properly maintained coils.

Cost-efficient, computerized selection


The Products and Systems Electronic Catalog is a series of computer programs designed to run on an IBM-compatible personal
computer to select products and systems offered by Carrier.
General features:
Provides true selection for all air-handling units coils and
fans. Required capacity and/or entering and leaving conditions may be specified with the program determining performance ratings for all applicable coil configurations.
User-specified performance rating for a particular configuration or specified performance criteria
Guaranteed projection of unit size vs airflow without
water carryover problems
Minimized specifying input criteria fixed or rarely
changing parameters user specified as defaults and separated from main input screen
Displayed output mode of coil performance ratings allow
side-by-side comparison of user-defined performance ratings values (4 calculated values for each coil), or complete
performance ratings of all coils in a spreadsheet format.
Detailed summary reports including cooling, heating,
fan, acoustic, and physical performance data can be
generated in different formats. Fully featured on-line
help system contained within the program
Easier to use than previous generation systems
Uses AHRI approved method, reduces engineering
expense
Special features Allows user to continually monitor
and modify input/output. Provides processing for special
application:
Ethylene glycol or brine
Altitude

MARK FOR ________________________________________


CAPACITY ______________

CFM __________________

STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)


Internal ________
External _______
RPM _______

Total _________

BHP _______

CYCLES _______

MTR TYPE ________________________________________

FILTERS
SIZE ___________________
SIZE ___________________
COMPONENT SEQUENCE

RETURN ________
RETURN ________

QTY _________________
QTY _________________
LENGTH

WEIGHT

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

____________________

+ _________

___________

MOTOR
____________________

+ _________

___________

COIL
____________________

+ _________

___________

__________

___________

TOTAL

COMMENTS: ______________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
PREPARED BY: ____________________________________
DATE: ____________________________________________

17

Selection procedure (cont)


LARGE FACE AREA
AIRFLOW (CFM X 1000)

a39-4132.eps

To use the selection chart:


1. Find the required airflow by reading across available airflow (cfm x 1000) scale at the top of the chart.
2. Read down from the selected airflow until the desired face velocity (fpm) is reached.
3. From this point, move to the left to determine the unit size.
LEGEND
Face velocity 400 to 450 fpm
Most commonly used for high latent load applications. Space requirements and costs are higher than other selections.
Face velocity 450 to 500 fpm
Represents most standard commercial HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) cooling applications. Good value and space balance.
Face velocity 550 to 600 fpm
Best selection for space and cost if conditions permit.
Face velocity 600 to 700 fpm
Best selection for heating only applications.
NOTES:
1. Airflow is based on the use of a large face area coil.
2. Fan velocities are based on a nominal cooling coil face area as shown by unit size; heat and vent applications can have velocities greater
than 600 fpm.

18

MEDIUM FACE AREA


AIRFLOW (CFM X 1000)

a39-4133.eps

To use the selection chart:


1. Find the required airflow by reading across available airflow (cfm x 1000) scale at the top of the chart.
2. Read down from the selected airflow until the desired face velocity (fpm) is reached.
3. From this point, move to the left to determine the unit size.
LEGEND
Face velocity 400 to 450 fpm
Most commonly used for high latent load applications. Space requirements and costs are higher than other selections.
Face velocity 450 to 500 fpm
Represents most standard commercial HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) cooling applications. Good value and space balance.
Face velocity 550 to 600 fpm
Best selection for space and cost if conditions permit.
Face velocity 600 to 700 fpm
Best selection for heating only applications.
NOTES:
1. Airflow is based on the use of a large face area coil.
2. Fan velocities are based on a nominal cooling coil face area as shown by unit size; heat and vent applications can have velocities greater
than 600 fpm.

19

Selection procedure (cont)


BYPASS FACE AREA
AIRFLOW (CFM X 1000)

a39-4134.eps

To use the selection chart:


1. Find the required airflow by reading across available airflow (cfm x 1000) scale at the top of the chart.
2. Read down from the selected airflow until the desired face velocity (fpm) is reached.
3. From this point, move to the left to determine the unit size.
LEGEND
Face velocity 400 to 450 fpm
Most commonly used for high latent load applications. Space requirements and costs are higher than other selections.
Face velocity 450 to 500 fpm
Represents most standard commercial HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) cooling applications. Good value and space balance.
Face velocity 550 to 600 fpm
Best selection for space and cost if conditions permit.
Face velocity 600 to 700 fpm
Best selection for heating only applications.
NOTES:
1. Airflow is based on the use of a large face area coil.
2. Fan velocities are based on a nominal cooling coil face area as shown by unit size; heat and vent applications can have velocities greater
than 600 fpm.

20

Electric heat selection procedure

VI Determine capacity of electric heater.

I Determine electric heat requirements based


on size of selected unit.
Given:
Air Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000 cfm
Entering-Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 F
Leaving-Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 F
Maximum Air Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650 fpm
Electric Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 460-v, 3-ph, 60-Hz
Unit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal Draw-Thru
II Determine heating load.
Heating Load = 1.1 x Cfm x Air Temp Rise
= 1.1 x 3,000 x 23
= 75,900 Btuh (75.9 MBtuh)
III Verify unit size.
Size of the electric heating coil face area is usually
predetermined by the selection of the air-handling
unit and the cooling coil. However, the heater size
must be checked to assure that the minimum face
velocity is provided for the heater.

4.6 sq ft

3,000
Actual Face Velocity =
4.9 sq ft
= 615 Fpm

(Actual Coil
Face Area)

IV Determine kilowatt equivalent of heating


load.
kW Heating Load =

75.9 MBtuh
3.413 MBtuh/kW

75.9
3.413

22.2 kW

VII Calculate air temperature rise.


Air Temp Rise =

78,500 Btuh
1.1 x 3,000 Cfm

= 23.8 F
VIII Calculate the actual leaving-air temperature.
Leaving Air Temp = Ent Air Temp + Air Temp Rise
= 54 + 23.8
= 77.8 F
IX Determine air friction loss of electric heating
coil.
Enter Component Pressure Drop table, page 22,
and find (by interpolation) air friction loss of electric
heater at 615 fpm to be 0.02 in. wg.
X Voltage variations.
Variations from the rated voltage of the electric
heating coils can significantly affect the coils rated
output. The effects of voltage variation can be determined by the following formula.

3,000
Minimum Face Area =
650 Fpm
=

Capacity = 23 kW x 3.413
= 78.5 MBtuh

V Determine unit electric heater size.


Select the heater which has a kW rating closest to
but greater than the required kW and is available at
the required voltage. Electric heaters are available in
one-kW increments. The Electric Heater Data on
the following pages shows incremental sizes only.

kWa = kWr x
kWa
kWr
Va
Vr

=
=
=
=

Va
Vr

Actual kW Output From Coil


Rated kW Output From Coil
Actual Voltage at Coil
Rated Voltage at Coil

Air handler selection guide


1. Unit size = Coil face area (ft2) = design cfm/max face
velocity
Example: 12,000 cfm/500 fpm = 24 Size 25
2. Consider your system and choose the appropriate component sections.
3. Determine overall unit dimensions and weight. The
height and width for any given unit size is the same for
all component sections.
4. Finalize your selections using Carriers latest version
of the AHUBuilder program. The AHUBuilder program is a comprehensive selection tool designed to help
our customers quickly and efficiently make the proper
air handler choice.

21

Performance data
AIR FRICTION DATA
TYPICAL FILTER PRESSURE DROP (in. wg)
39M
COMPONENT

FILTER TYPE
Throwaway (2 in.)
Permanent (2 in.)
Throwaway (4 in.)
Throwaway (2 in.)
Permanent (2 in.)
Throwaway (4 in.)
Throwaway (2 in.)
Permanent (2 in.)
Throwaway (4 in.)

FLAT

FILTER/MIXING
BOX*

ANGLE*

(60-65)
(80-85)
(90-95)
(60-65)
(80-85)
(90-95)

Bag
(% Efficient)
BAG/
CARTRIDGE
Cartridge**
(% Efficient)
HEPA

200
0.05
0.03
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.04
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.07
0.14
0.23
0.11
0.20
0.23
0.54

250
0.08
0.04
0.09
0.04
0.03
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.03
0.10
0.18
0.29
0.15
0.25
0.30
0.68

300
0.11
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.04
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.04
0.13
0.22
0.36
0.19
0.30
0.37
0.82

*Filter data shown is for clean filter. Consult filter manufacturers recommendation for final dirty-filter pressure drop. Typically, 0.5 in. wg is allowed
for dirty filter. Add pressure drop for pre-filter (flat filter) if used.
Filter data shown is for clean filter. Consult filter manufacturers recommendation for final dirty-filter pressure drop. Typically, 1.0 in. wg is allowed
for dirty filter. Add pressure drop for pre-filter (flat filter) if used.
**Filter data shown is for clean filter. Consult filter manufacturers recommendation for final dirty-filter pressure drop. Typically, 1.5 in. wg is allowed
for dirty filter. Add pressure drop for pre-filter (flat filter) if used.

AIR VELOCITY THROUGH FILTER SECTION (fpm)


350
400
450
500
550
0.14
0.19
0.22
0.28
0.32
0.07
0.09
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.15
0.19
0.22
0.28
0.32
0.07
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.03
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.17
0.21
0.25
0.30
0.36
0.27
0.32
0.38
0.43
0.48
0.43
0.51
0.60
0.67
0.75
0.23
0.27
0.31
0.35
0.39
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.44
0.51
0.58
0.65
0.72
0.97
1.11
1.25
1.40
1.53

600
0.35
0.17
0.35
0.17
0.12
0.17
0.11
0.08
0.11
0.40
0.54
0.85
0.43
0.60
0.79
1.67

650
0.40
0.19
0.40
0.20
0.14
0.20
0.12
0.09
0.12
0.48
0.60
0.94
0.47
0.65
0.85
1.83

700
0.46
0.21
0.46
0.22
0.15
0.22
0.14
0.10
0.14
0.52
0.65
1.00
0.51
0.71
0.92
1.95

Filter data shown is for clean filter. Consult filter manufacturers recommendation for final dirty-filter pressure drop. Typically, 2.5 in. wg is allowed
for dirty filter. Add pressure drop for pre-filter (flat filter) if used.
NOTE: Filters are field-supplied and field-installed. Pressure drop values
shown are typical and can vary with manufacturer and filter efficiency.

COMPONENT PRESSURE DROP (in. wg)


39M
COMPONENT
400

0.01
0.01
0.02

0.02
0.24

Air Mixer
Diffuser Plate
Electric Heat
Mixing or Exhaust Box
Zone Damper
Side Intake Louver
Rear Inlet Hood

600
0.07
0.02
0.02
0.05

0.05
0.53

800
0.11
0.04
0.04
0.10

0.08
0.94

STANDARD DAMPERS OR COMPONENT CONSTRUCTION


Air Velocity Through Component (fpm)
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
0.15
0.21
0.29
0.39

0.05
0.08
0.10
0.14
0.17
0.05
0.08
0.10
0.14

0.15
0.22
0.31
0.40
0.50
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.07
0.09
0.13
0.18
0.25
0.33

1.47

PREMIUM DAMPERS OR COMPONENT CONSTRUCTION


Air Velocity Through Dampers (fpm)
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
0.11
0.16
0.22
0.28
0.36
0.44
0.11
0.16
0.22
0.28
0.36
0.44

39M
COMPONENT
Mixing or Exhaust Box
Side Mixing or Exhaust Box

400
0.02
0.02

600
0.04
0.04

800
0.07
0.07

NOTES:
1. For mixing box dampers, worst case pressure drops will occur with one
damper open and one closed. With one damper partially open and one
partially closed, the actual pressure drop will be much less.

4
6

10

22

FINS
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14

300
0.15
0.19
0.23
0.23
0.29
0.34
0.30
0.38
0.46
0.38
0.48
0.57

FACE VELOCITY (fpm)


400
500
600
0.25
0.37
0.51
0.31
0.45
0.61
0.36
0.52
0.70
0.38
0.55
0.76
0.46
0.67
0.91
0.55
0.79
1.06
0.50
0.74
1.02
0.62
0.90
1.22
0.73
1.05
1.41
0.63
0.92
1.27
0.77
1.12
1.52
0.91
1.31
1.76

700
0.66
0.79
0.90
1.00
1.18
1.36
1.33
1.57
1.81
1.66
1.97
2.26

3000

0.56

1.38
0.25

4000

0.48

3000
1.00
1.00

4000

2. Diffuser plates are mounted on fan discharge.

COOLING COIL AIR FRICTION (in. wg, Dry Coil)


ROWS

2000

0.22

0.62
0.10

HEATING COIL AIR FRICTION (in. wg)


ROWS
1 or 2

FINS
8
11
14
8
11
14

300
0.08
0.09
0.12
0.15
0.19
0.23

400
0.13
0.15
0.19
0.25
0.31
0.36

500
0.19
0.22
0.27
0.37
0.45
0.52

FACE VELOCITY (fpm)


600 700 800 900
0.26 0.34 0.43 0.53
0.30 0.39 0.50 0.61
0.37 0.47 0.59 0.71
0.51 0.66

0.61 0.79

0.70 0.90

1000
0.64
0.72
0.85

1100
0.75
0.85
0.99

STEAM COIL AIR FRICTION (in. wg)


ROWS

FINS

1 or 2

6
9
12

300
0.03
0.07
0.12

400
0.05
0.11
0.18

500
0.07
0.17
0.27

FACE VELOCITY (fpm)


600 700 800 900 1000
0.10 0.13 0.16 0.20 0.25
0.22 0.30 0.38 0.46 0.55
0.37 0.47 0.58 0.72 0.85

1100 1200
0.29 0.34
0.65 0.76
1.01 1.15

23

5.2

7.4

9.9

12.4

13.6

06

08

10

12

14

LEGEND

11
21
32
43
53
64
75
12
18
25
37
49
61
74
17
26
35
43
52
60
69
13
19
26
32
39
48
58
65
10
15
21
26
31
41
52
59
67
14
21
28
38
47
54
61
70

TEMP
RISE
(F)
14
28
42
56
69
83
97
28
42
56
83
111
139
167
56
83
111
139
167
195
222
56
83
111
139
167
208
250
278
56
83
111
139
167
222
278
320
361
83
125
167
222
278
320
361
417

Total
FLA
17
35
52
69
87
104
122
35
52
69
104
139
174
208
69
104
139
174
208
243
278
69
104
139
174
208
261
313
347
69
104
139
174
208
278
347
399
452
104
156
208
278
347
399
452
521

MCA
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
6
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

No.
Sub
Ckt

208/3/60 VOLTS

20
35
60
70
90
110
125
35
60
70
110
150
175
225
70
110
150
175
225
250
300
70
110
150
175
225
300
350
350
70
110
150
175
225
300
350
400
500
110
175
225
300
350
400
500
600

MOCP
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
30
45
60
90
120
151
181
60
90
120
151
181
211
241
60
90
120
151
181
226
271
301
60
90
120
151
181
241
301
346
391
90
135
181
241
301
346
391
452

MCA
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8

20
35
50
70
80
100
110
35
50
70
100
125
175
200
70
100
125
175
200
225
250
70
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
70
100
125
175
200
250
350
350
400
100
150
200
250
350
350
400
500

MOCP
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
18
24
36
48
60
72
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
24
36
48
60
72
90
108
120
24
36
48
60
72
96
120
138
157
36
54
72
96
120
138
157
181

Total
FLA
8
15
23
30
38
45
53
15
23
30
45
60
75
90
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
30
45
60
75
90
113
135
151
30
45
60
75
90
120
151
173
196
45
68
90
120
151
173
196
226

MCA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4

No.
Sub
Ckt

480/3/60 VOLTS

20
20
25
35
40
50
60
20
25
35
50
70
80
100
35
50
70
80
100
110
125
35
50
70
80
100
125
150
175
35
50
70
80
100
125
175
175
200
50
70
100
125
175
175
200
250

MOCP
5
10
14
19
24
29
34
10
14
19
29
39
48
58
19
29
39
48
58
67
77
19
29
39
48
58
72
87
96
19
29
39
48
58
77
96
111
125
29
43
58
77
96
111
125
145

Total
FLA
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
18
24
36
48
60
72
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
24
36
48
60
72
90
108
120
24
36
48
60
72
96
120
138
157
36
54
72
96
120
138
157
181

MCA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4

No.
Sub
Ckt

600/3/60 VOLTS

*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. Free additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder. This table for reference only.

12
24
36
48
60
72
84
24
36
48
72
96
120
145
48
72
96
120
145
169
193
48
72
96
120
145
181
217
241
48
72
96
120
145
193
241
277
313
72
108
145
193
241
277
313
361

Total
FLA

No.
Sub
Ckt

240/3/60 VOLTS

ELECTRIC HEATER DATA

AHRI Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute MCA Minimum Circuit Amps
FLA Full Load Amps
MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection

03

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
100
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
115
130
30
45
60
80
100
115
130
150

39M HEATER
NO. OF
HEATER
UNIT
AREA
CONTROL
COIL
SIZE
(sq ft)
STEPS*
kW

NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
20
20
20
25
35
40
45
20
20
25
40
50
70
80
25
40
50
70
80
90
100
25
40
50
70
80
100
110
125
25
40
50
70
80
100
125
150
175
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
200

MOCP
8
15
23
30
38
46
53
15
23
30
46
61
76
91
30
46
61
76
91
106
122
30
46
61
76
91
114
137
152
30
46
61
76
91
122
152
175
198
46
68
91
122
152
175
198
228

Total
FLA
10
19
29
38
48
57
67
19
29
38
57
76
95
114
38
57
76
95
114
133
152
38
57
76
95
114
143
171
190
38
57
76
95
114
152
190
219
247
57
86
114
152
190
219
247
285

MCA
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
5

No.
Sub
Ckt

380/3/50 VOLTS

20
20
30
40
50
60
70
20
30
40
60
80
100
125
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
40
60
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
60
90
125
175
200
225
250
300

MOCP

24

21

23.3

29.3

21

25

30

30
45
60
75
80
100
125
150
175
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
220
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275

LEGEND

12
17
23
29
31
38
48
58
67
12
15
18
24
30
38
46
53
61
67
11
14
16
22
27
34
41
48
55
62
69
9
11
13
17
22
27
33
38
44
49
54
60

83
125
167
208
222
278
374
417
486
111
139
167
222
278
374
417
486
556
611
111
139
167
222
278
374
417
486
556
625
695
111
139
167
222
278
374
417
486
556
625
695
764

Total
FLA
104
156
208
261
278
347
434
521
608
139
174
208
278
347
434
521
608
695
764
139
174
208
278
347
434
521
608
695
782
868
139
174
208
278
347
434
521
608
695
782
868
955

MCA
2
3
4
5
5
6
8
9
11
3
3
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
13
3
3
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
14
15
3
3
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
14
15
16

No.
Sub
Ckt

208/3/60 VOLTS

110
175
225
300
300
350
450
600
700
150
175
225
300
350
450
600
700
700
700
150
175
225
300
350
450
600
700
700
700
700
150
175
225
300
350
450
600
700
700
700
700
700

MOCP
72
108
145
181
193
241
301
361
421
96
120
145
193
241
301
361
421
482
530
96
120
145
193
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
96
120
145
193
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662

Total
FLA
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14

100
150
200
250
250
350
400
500
600
125
175
200
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
125
175
200
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
125
175
200
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700

MOCP
36
54
72
90
96
120
151
181
211
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
265
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
331

Total
FLA
45
68
90
113
120
151
188
226
263
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
331
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
414

MCA
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
7

No.
Sub
Ckt

480/3/60 VOLTS

50
70
100
125
125
175
200
250
300
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
450

MOCP
29
43
58
72
77
96
120
145
169
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
212
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
265

Total
FLA
36
54
72
90
96
120
151
181
211
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
265
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
331

MCA
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

No.
Sub
Ckt

600/3/60 VOLTS

*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. Free additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder. This table for reference only.

90
135
181
226
241
301
376
452
527
120
151
181
241
301
376
452
527
602
662
120
151
181
241
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
120
151
181
241
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828

MCA

No.
Sub
Ckt

240/3/60 VOLTS

ELECTRIC HEATER DATA (cont)

MCA Minimum Circuit Amps


MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection

TEMP
RISE
(F)

AHRI Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute


FLA Full Load Amps

16.6

17

39M HEATER
NO. OF
HEATER
UNIT
AREA
CONTROL
COIL
SIZE
(sq ft)
STEPS*
kW

NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
40
60
80
100
100
125
175
200
225
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
350

MOCP
46
68
91
114
122
152
190
228
266
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
335
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
342
380
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
342
380
418

Total
FLA
57
86
114
143
152
190
238
285
333
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
418
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
428
475
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
428
475
523

MCA
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
9

No.
Sub
Ckt

380/3/50 VOLTS

60
90
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

MOCP

Performance data (cont)

25

38

41.9

52.6

63.1

36

40

50

61

NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*

60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

HEATER
COIL
kW
10
13
17
21
25
29
34
38
42
50
59
9
12
15
19
23
27
30
38
46
53
61
7
10
12
15
18
21
24
30
36
42
49
55
61
6
8
10
13
15
18
20
25
30
35
40
46
51

167
222
278
347
417
486
556
625
695
834
973
167
222
278
347
417
486
556
695
834
973
1112
167
222
278
278
347
417
486
556
695
834
973
1112
1251
167
222
278
347
417
486
556
695
834
973
1112
1251
1390

Total
FLA
208
278
347
434
521
608
695
782
868
1042
1216
208
278
347
434
521
608
695
868
1042
1216
1390
208
278
347
347
434
521
608
695
868
1042
1216
1390
1563
208
278
347
434
521
608
695
868
1042
1216
1390
1563
1737

MCA
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
14
15
18
21
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
15
18
21
24
4
5
6
6
8
9
11
12
15
18
21
24
27
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
15
18
21
24
27
29

No.
Sub
Ckt

208/3/60 VOLTS

225
300
350
450
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
225
300
350
450
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
225
300
350
350
450
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
225
300
350
450
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700

MOCP
145
193
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
723
843
145
193
241
301
361
421
482
602
723
843
963
145
193
241
241
301
361
421
482
602
723
843
963
1084
145
193
241
301
361
421
482
602
723
843
963
1084
1204

Total
FLA
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
16
18
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
16
18
21
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
11
13
16
18
21
23
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
16
18
21
23
26

200
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
200
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
200
250
350
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
200
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
700

MOCP
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
361
421
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
542
602

Total
FLA
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
452
527
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
376
452
527
602
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
376
452
527
602
677
753

MCA
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13

No.
Sub
Ckt

480/3/60 VOLTS

100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
500
600
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
700
700

MOCP
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
289
337
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
241
289
337
385
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
241
289
337
385
434
482

Total
FLA
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
361
421
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
542
602

MCA
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

No.
Sub
Ckt

600/3/60 VOLTS

80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
600
700

MOCP

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.


Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder. This table for reference only.

*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. Free additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:

181
241
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
903
1054
181
241
301
376
452
527
602
753
903
1054
1204
181
241
301
301
376
452
527
602
753
903
1054
1204
1355
181
241
301
376
452
527
602
753
903
1054
1204
1355
1505

MCA

No.
Sub
Ckt

240/3/60 VOLTS

ELECTRIC HEATER DATA (cont)

MCA Minimum Circuit Amps


MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection

TEMP
RISE
(F)

LEGEND
AHRI Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute
FLA Full Load Amps

HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)

39M
UNIT
SIZE

NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
342
380
456
532
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
456
532
608
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
456
532
608
685
761
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
456
532
608
685
761

Total
FLA
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
428
475
570
666
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
570
666
761
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
570
666
761
856
951
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
570
666
761
856
951

MCA
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
10
12
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
13
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
13
15
16
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
13
15
16

No.
Sub
Ckt

380/3/50 VOLTS

125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
700
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700

MOCP

26

73.5

86.9

98.0

112.3

72

85

96

110

NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*

60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
LEGEND

HEATER
COIL
kW
167
278
417

167
278
417

167
278
417

167
278
417

Total
FLA
208
347
521

208
347
521

208
347
521

208
347
521

MCA
4
6
9

4
6
9

4
6
9

4
6
9

No.
Sub
Ckt
225
350
600

225
350
600

225
350
600

225
350
600

MOCP
145
241
361

145
241
361

145
241
361
482

145
241
361
482

Total
FLA
181
301
452

181
301
452

181
301
452
602

181
301
452
602

MCA
4
6
8

4
6
8

4
6
8
11

4
6
8
11

No.
Sub
Ckt

240/3/60 VOLTS

200
350
500

200
350
500

200
350
500
700

200
350
500
700

MOCP
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602

72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602

72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723

72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723

Total
FLA

ELECTRIC HEATER DATA (cont)

MCA Minimum Circuit Amps


MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection

5
9
13
17
22
26
30
35
39
43
48
52
4
7
11
15
18
22
26
29
33
37
40
44
4
7
10
13
16
20
23
26
29
33
36
39
42
46
49
3
6
9
11
14
17
20
23
26
28
31
34
37
40
43

TEMP
RISE
(F)

208/3/60 VOLTS

90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753

90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753

90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828
903

90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828
903

2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13

2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13

2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16

2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16

No.
Sub
Ckt

480/3/60 VOLTS
MCA
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700

100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700

100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700

100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700

MOCP
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
626
674
723
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
626
674
723

Total
FLA

*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. Free additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder. This table for reference only.

AHRI Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute


FLA Full Load Amps

HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)

39M
UNIT
SIZE

NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
783
843
903
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
783
843
903

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

No.
Sub
Ckt

600/3/60 VOLTS
MCA
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700

MOCP
91
152
228
304
380

91
152
228
304
380

91
152
228
304
380
456

91
152
228
304
380
456

Total
FLA
114
190
285
380
475

114
190
285
380
475

114
190
285
380
475
570

114
190
285
380
475
570

2
4
5
7
8

2
4
5
7
8

2
4
5
7
8
10

2
4
5
7
8
10

No.
Sub
Ckt

380/3/50 VOLTS
MCA
125
200
300
400
500

125
200
300
400
500

125
200
300
400
500
600

125
200
300
400
500
600

MOCP

Performance data (cont)

Dimensions
General unit dimensions
39MN INDOOR UNIT
39MN
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

UNIT CASING
H (in.)

W (in.)

37
37
40
40
47
47
50
60
60
60
71
77
87
102
113
113
126
126

33
46
54
67
67
72
79
79
86
104
109
109
117
117
120
139
139
157

a39-4251

NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate. For
more exact dimensions, consult with a local Carrier Sales Engineer or select the desired unit
using AHUBuilder software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
3. Unit height based on 6 in. base rail option.

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width

39MW OUTDOOR UNIT


39MW
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

UNIT CASING
H (in.)

W (in.)

41
41
44
44
51
51
54
64
64
64
75
81
91
106
117
117
130
130

36
49
57
70
70
75
82
82
89
107
112
112
120
120
123
142
142
160

NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate. For
more exact dimensions, consult with a local Carrier Sales Engineer or select the desired unit
using AHUBuilder software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
3. Unit height based on 6 in. base rail option.

a39-4252

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width

27

Dimensions (cont)
Air distribution components
MIXING BOX

a39-4253
INDOOR 39MN
UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

OUTDOOR 39MW
UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

37
33
18
103/4
253/4
270

37
46
21
14
383/4
330

40
54
21
14
463/4
370

40
67
21
14
593/4
420

47
67
21
14
593/4
460

47
72
24
163/4
643/4
520

50
79
24
163/4
713/4
570

60
79
27
20
713/4
710

60
86
27
20
783/4
760

60
104
27
20
963/4
870

03

06

08

10

12

17

21

25

30

41
36
18
103/4
253/4
370

41
49
21
14
383/4
450

44
57
21
14
463/4
510

44
70
21
14
593/4
570

51
70
21
14
593/4
610

54
82
24
163/4
713/4
750

64
82
27
20
713/4
900

64
89
27
20
783/4
960

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
DA Duct Depth
W
DW Duct Width

14
51
75
24
163/4
643/4
690

36
71
109
36
29
1013/4
1320

36

64
75
107
112
27
36
20
29
963/4
1013/4
1090
1580

40

50

61

77
87
102
109
117
117
39
42
51
32
35
44
1013/4 1093/4
1093/4
1520
1920
2650

40

50

61

81
91
106
112
120
120
39
42
51
32
35
44
1013/4 1093/4
1093/4
1790
2220
2980

72

85

96

110

113
120
53
46
113
3040

113
139
53
46
132
3490

126
139
59
52
132
4290

126
157
59
52
150
4820

72

85

96

110

117
123
53
46
113
3380

117
142
53
46
132
3830

130
142
59
52
132
4650

130
160
59
52
150
5180

Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted. Field-supplied dampers require 11/2 in. flanged damper frame.
SPECIFICATIONS
Top intake not available on 39MW outdoor units.
Mixing boxes shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either
side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
FACTORY-INSTALLED OPTIONS
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of mixing box sections only.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
DAMPERS
Mixing boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades and interconnecting outside-air and return-air dampers.
A Standard Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall
be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg
(0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
B. Premium Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage
rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.

28

Air distribution components (cont)


SIDE INLET MIXING BOX

a39-4254
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

37
33
21
18
14
300

37
46
27
26
20
360

40
54
27
29
20
390

40
67
33
29
26
470

47
67
33
36
26
510

47
72
39
36
32
580

50
79
39
39
32
640

60
79
39
49
32
710

60
86
45
49
38
830

60
104
51
49
44
1050

71
109
57
60
50
1360

77
109
57
66
50
1460

87
117
63
76
56
1870

102
117
63
91
56
2140

113
120
57
102
50
2160

113
139
65
102
58
2770

126
139
65
115
58
3070

126
157
73
115
66
3830

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

41
36
21
18
14
410

41
49
27
26
20
490

44
57
27
29
20
540

44
70
33
29
26
650

51
70
33
36
26
690

51
75
39
36
32
780

54
82
39
39
32
860

64
82
39
49
32
930

64
89
45
49
38
1080

64
107
51
49
44
1350

75
112
57
60
50
1690

81
112
57
66
50
1790

91
120
63
76
56
2240

106
120
63
91
56
2510

117
123
57
102
50
2510

117
142
65
102
58
3150

130
142
65
115
58
3450

130
160
73
115
66
4240

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
DA Duct Depth
W
DW Duct Width

Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted. Field-supplied dampers require 11/2 in. flanged damper frame.

SPECIFICATIONS
Top intake not available on 39MW outdoor units.
Mixing boxes shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either
side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
FACTORY-INSTALLED OPTIONS
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of mixing box sections only.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
DAMPERS
Mixing boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades and interconnecting outside-air and return-air dampers.
A. Standard Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall
be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg
(0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
B. Premium Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage
rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.

29

Dimensions (cont)
Air distribution components (cont)
FILTER MIXING BOX

a39-4255
INDOOR 39MN
UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)
OUTDOOR 39MW
UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

03
37
33
36
103/4
253/4
320

06
37
46
36
14
383/4
380

08
40
54
36
14
463/4
430

10

12

40
67
36
14
593/4
490

14

47
67
36
14
593/4
540

17

47
72
36
163/4
643/4
570

21

50
79
36
163/4
713/4
630

25

60
79
36
20
713/4
720

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

41
36
36
103/4
253/4
450

41
49
36
14
383/4
530

44
57
36
14
463/4
590

44
70
36
14
593/4
680

51
70
36
14
593/4
730

51
75
36
163/4
643/4
770

54
82
36
163/4
713/4
840

64
82
36
20
713/4
930

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


12x24
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)

03

5.6

06

8.9

08

11.1

10

13.3

12

16.7

14

2
4

18.9

17
12

24.0

60
86
36
20
783/4
760
25

21

12

33.3

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

113
139
79
46
132
3930

126
139
84
52
132
4620

126
157
84
52
150
5190

72

85

96

110

117
123
79
46
113
3840

117
142
79
46
132
4360

130
142
84
52
132
5070

130
160
84
52
150
5640

72

56

124.4

85

64

142.2

96

64

142.2

110

72

160.0

60
71
77
87
102
113
104
109
109
117
117
120
36
45
48
51
60
79
20
29
32
35
44
46
963/4 1013/4 1013/4 1093/4 1093/4
113
880
1260
1430
1790
2390
3410
30

36

40

50

61

64
64
75
81
91
106
89
107
112
112
120
120
36
36
45
48
51
60
20
20
29
32
35
44
783/4
963/4 1013/4 1013/4 1093/4 1093/4
980
1130
1550
1730
2120
2750
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36

12
16

16
33.3
44.4
55.5

40

24

66.7

50

18
12

73.3

61

24
16

97.8

LEGEND
AWL
DA
DW
H
W

Airway Length
Duct Depth
Duct Width
Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted. Field-supplied dampers require 11/2 in. flanged damper frame.
SPECIFICATIONS
Top intake not available on 39MW outdoor units.
Filter mixing boxes shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall
access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
FILTRATION
A. Flat filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in. filters. Sections shall include side access slide rails.
B. Angle filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in. filters of standard sizes, arranged in a horizontal V formation.
DAMPERS
Filter-mixing boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades and interconnecting outside-air and return-air dampers.
A. Standard Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle
rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
B. Premium Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall
be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.

30

Air distribution components (cont)


AIR MIXER

a39-4256

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

37
33
18
170

37
46
18
190

40
54
18
210

40
67
24
270

47
67
24
290

47
72
24
300

50
79
30
380

60
79
30
430

60
86
30
460

60
104
36
600

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
36
42
42
48
60
66
69
74
720 870 1030 1330 1800 2260 2610 3140

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
18
Weight (lb)
270

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
18
310

44
57
18
340

44
70
24
430

51
70
24
450

51
75
24
470

54
82
30
570

64
82
30
620

64
89
30
660

64
107
36
850

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
36
42
42
48
60
66
69
74
980 1150 1330 1650 2160 2640 3000 3550

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Air mixer of .081-in. aluminum construction of size, performance and maximum pressure drop indicated. The air mixer shall mix two or more airstreams of differing temperature to within 6 F of theoretical mixed-air temperature and provide a more uniform air velocity contour entering a
downstream filter or coil bank.

31

Dimensions (cont)
Air distribution components (cont)
EXHAUST BOX

a39-4257

INDOOR 39MN
UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

37
33
18
103/4

37
46
21

40
54
21

40
67
21

47
67
21

47
72
24

50
79
24

60
79
27

60
86
27

60
104
27

71
109
36

77
109
39

87
117
42

102
117
51

113
120
53

113
139
53

126
139
59

126
157
59

DW
Weight (lb)

253/4
160

14
383/4
190

14
463/4
210

14
593/4
230

14
593/4
250

163/4
643/4
280

163/4
713/4
300

20
713/4
370

20
783/4
390

20
963/4
440

29
1013/4
650

32
1013/4
750

35
1093/4
930

44
1093/4
1270

46
113
1460

46
132
1670

52
132
2040

52
150
2290

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
36
18
103/4
253/4
260

41
49
21
14
383/4
310

44
57
21
14
463/4
350

44
70
21
14
593/4
380

51
70
21
14
593/4
400

51
75
24
163/4
643/4
450

54
82
24
163/4
713/4
480

64
82
27
20
713/4
560

64
89
27
20
783/4
590

64
107
27
20
963/4
660

75
112
36
29
1013/4
910

OUTDOOR 39MW
UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

AWL
DA
DW
H
W

40
81
112
39
32
1013/4
1020

50
91
120
42
35
1093/4
1230

61
106
120
51
44
1093/4
1600

85

96

110

72

85

96

110

117
123
53
46
113
1800

117
142
53
46
132
2010

130
142
59
52
132
2400

130
160
59
52
150
2650

LEGEND
Airway Length
Duct Depth
Duct Width
Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted. Field-supplied dampers require 11/2 in. flanged damper frame.

SPECIFICATIONS
Upblast discharge not available on 39MW outdoor units.
Exhaust boxes shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either
side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
DAMPERS
Exhaust boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades.
A. Standard Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall
be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg
(0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
B. Premium Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage
rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.

32

Air distribution components (cont)


SIDE OUTLET EXHAUST BOX

a39-4258
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

37
33
21
18
14
300

37
46
27
26
20
360

40
54
27
29
20
390

40
67
33
29
26
470

47
67
33
36
26
510

47
72
39
36
32
580

50
79
39
39
32
640

60
79
39
49
32
710

60
60
71
77
87 102 113 113
86 104 109 109 117 117 120 139
45
51 57
57
63
63 57
65
49
49
60
66
76
91 102 102
38
44
50
50
56
56 50
58
830 1050 1360 1460 1870 2140 2160 2770

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
21
DA
18
DW
14
Weight (lb)
410

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

41
49
27
26
20
490

44
57
27
29
20
540

44
70
33
29
26
650

51
70
33
36
26
690

51
75
39
36
32
780

54
82
39
39
32
860

64
64
64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
82
89 107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
39
45
51
57
57
63
63
57
65
65
73
49
49
49
60
66
76
91 102 102 115 115
32
38
44
50
50
56
56
50
58
58
66
930 1080 1350 1690 1790 2240 2510 2510 3150 3450 4240

AWL
DA
DW
H
W

30

30

36

36

40

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

110

126
139
65
115
58
3070

126
157
73
115
66
3830

96

110

LEGEND
Airway Length
Duct Depth
Duct Width
Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted. Field-supplied dampers require 11/2 in. flanged damper frame.
SPECIFICATIONS
Exhaust boxes shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either
side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
DAMPERS
Exhaust boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades.
A. Standard Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall
be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg
(0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
B. Premium Dampers Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage
rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.

33

Dimensions (cont)
Air distribution components (cont)
INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS HEATING COIL SECTION

a39-4259

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
46
48
280

40
54
48
310

40
67
48
340

47
67
48
360

47
72
48
380

50
79
48
410

60
79
48
450

60
86
48
470

60
104
48
530

71
77
87
109 109 117
48
48
48
620 650 750

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 06


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
49
AWL
48
Weight (lb)
450

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

44
57
48
500

44
70
48
560

51
70
48
580

51
75
48
610

54
82
48
650

64
82
48
690

64
89
48
720

64
107
48
820

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
48
48
48
48 48
48
48
48
920 950 1070 1170 1260 1380 1480 1610

AWL
H
IFB
W

40

40

50

50

61

72

85

96

110

102 113 113 126 126


117 120 139 139 157
48
48
48
48
48
850 940 1060 1160 1290

61

72

85

96

110

LEGEND
Airway Length
Height
Integral Face and Bypass
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel inner and outer panels and insulation. The panel assemblies shall not
carry an R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical coil extraction.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
Integral face and bypass coils shall be capable of maintaining a constant air volume, within 5%, shall be capable of maintaining a constant leaving air temperature as entering air conditions vary, and shall be capable of producing mixed leaving air temperatures within three feet downstream with a maximum variance in air temperature of 5 F, regardless of damper position. When no heating is required, dampers shall divert air
to bypass around heating surface with minimal temperature override. Coil casing, dampers and baffles shall be fabricated from galvanized steel
with an option for stainless steel. Coils shall be tested at 300 psig.
Integral face and bypass coils are provided with a connection point for field-mounted actuator(s), electrical or pneumatic, or can be provided
from the factory at an additional cost. Actuator connection point is mechanically attached to dampers via linkage mechanisms. Dampers are
interconnected for operation simultaneously across each face of coil.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

34

Air distribution components (cont)


INTERNAL FACE AND BYPASS DAMPER SECTION

a39-4260

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

37
33
18
130

37
46
18
150

40
54
18
170

40
67
18
190

47
67
18
200

47
72
18
210

50
79
18
230

60
79
18
250

60
86
18
270

60
104
18
300

71
109
18
350

77
109
18
380

87
117
18
440

102 113
117 120
18
18
490 540

113
139
18
610

126
139
18
670

126
157
18
740

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
18
Weight (lb)
230

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

41
49
18
270

44
57
18
300

44
70
18
340

51
70
18
350

51
75
18
360

54
82
18
390

64
82
18
410

64
89
18
440

64
107
18
500

75
112
18
550

81
91
112 120
18
18
580 650

106 117
120 123
18
18
700 750

117
142
18
820

130
142
18
880

130
160
18
950

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal face and bypass dampers shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel frame. Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel,
with high temperature blade and edge seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings.
To eliminate blade warping, face dampers shall be sectionalized to limit blade length to 60 in. maximum. Face damper blades shall be opposed
and arranged to match coil face with top bypass, and internal linkage.

35

Dimensions (cont)
Air distribution components (cont)
EXTERNAL FACE AND BYPASS DAMPER SECTION

a39-4261
INDOOR 39MN UNIT
SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)
AWL
DA
DW
H
W

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

37
37
40
40
47 47
50
60
60
60
71
77
87
102 113 113 126 126
33
46
54
67
67
72
79
79
86 104 109
109
117
117
120 139 139 157
18
21
21
21
21
24
24
27
27
27
33
33
39
45
53
53
59
59
14
14
14 163/4 163/4 20
20
20
29
32
35
44
46
46
52 52
103/4 14
253/4 383/4 463/4 593/4 593/4 643/4 713/4 713/4 783/4 963/4 1013/4 1013/4 1093/4 1093/4 113 132 132 150
140 160 180 190 200 220 240 280 300 330 450
470
630
810 1050 1200 1460 1630

LEGEND
Airway Length
Duct Depth
Duct Width
Height
Width

SPECIFICATIONS
External face and bypass dampers not available on outdoor unit.
External face and bypass dampers shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel frame. Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel,
with high temperature blade and edge seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings.
Bypass damper shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened
to axle rod rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Face damper blades shall be opposed with top bypass, and internally mounted linkage.

36

Plenum sections
PLENUM SECTION

a39-4262

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

37
33
12
120
18
140
24
170
36
210
48
250

37
46
12
140
18
160
24
190
36
240
48
280

40
54
12
150
18
180
24
210
36
260
48
310

40
67
12
170
18
190
24
230
36
280
48
340

47
67
12
180
18
210
24
240
36
300
48
360

47
72
12
190
18
210
24
250
36
310
48
380

50
79
12
200
18
230
24
270
36
340
48
410

60
79
12
220
18
260
24
300
36
380
48
450

60
86
12
230
18
270
24
320
36
400
48
470

60
104
12
260
18
300
24
350
36
440
48
530

71
109
12
310
18
350
24
410
36
510
48
620

77
109
12
320
18
370
24
430
36
540
48
650

87
117
12
370
18
430
24
490
36
620
48
750

102
117
12
420
18
480
24
550
36
700
48
850

113 113
120 139
12
12
460 520
18
18
530 590
24
24
600 680
36
36
760 860
48
48
920 1040

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

41
36
12
210
18
240
24
280
36
340
48
400

41
49
12
250
18
280
24
320
36
390
48
450

44
57
12
270
18
310
24
350
36
420
48
500

44
70
12
300
18
340
24
390
36
470
48
560

51
70
12
310
18
360
24
400
36
490
48
580

51
75
12
330
18
360
24
420
36
510
48
610

54
82
12
350
18
390
24
450
36
550
48
650

64
82
12
370
18
420
24
480
36
590
48
690

64
89
12
380
18
440
24
510
36
620
48
720

64
107
12
440
18
500
24
560
36
690
48
820

75
112
12
490
18
550
24
630
36
770
48
920

81
91 106 117 117 130
112 120 120 123 142 142
12
12
12 12
12
12
500 560 610 650 710 760
18
18
18 18
18
18
570 640 690 740 800 860
24
24
24 24
24
24
650 730 790 840 920 980
36
36
36
36
36
36
800 900 980 1040 1140 1220
48
48
48
48
48
48
950 1070 1170 1240 1360 1460

85

96

110

126
139
12
570
18
650
24
740
36
940
48
1140

126
157
12
630
18
720
24
820
36
1040
48
1260

96

110
130
160
12
820
18
930
24
1060
36
1320
48
1580

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Plenum and access sections shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access
door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
Optionally, drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain
connection. Drain pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain
outlet shall be supplied for each section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010.

37

Dimensions (cont)
Plenum sections (cont)
HUMIDIFIER SECTION

a39-4263

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

37
33
36
287
48
327

37
46
36
340
48
380

40
54
36
380
48
430

40
67
36
420
48
480

47
67
36
460
48
520

47
72
36
490
48
550

50
79
36
540
48
600

60
79
36
600
48
680

60
86
36
640
48
720

60
104
36
734
48
824

71
77
87 102
109 109 117 117
36
36
36
36
870 930 1080 1230
48
48
48
48
970 1040 1210 1380

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
36
Weight (lb)
410
AWL
48
Weight (lb)
470

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
36
490
48
550

44
57
36
540
48
620

44
70
36
610
48
700

51
70
36
650
48
740

51
75
36
690
48
780

54
82
36
750
48
840

64
82
36
810
48
920

64
64
75
81
91 106
89 107 112 112 120 120
36
36
36
36
36
36
860 990 1130 1190 1360 1510
48
48
48
48
48
48
970 1120 1270 1340 1530 1700

40

50

50

61

61

72

85

96

110

113
120
36
1350
48
1510

113
139
36
1540
48
1720

126
139
36
1700
48
1890

126
157
36
1890
48
2110

72

85

96

110

117
123
36
1630
48
1830

117
142
36
1820
48
2040

130
142
36
1980
48
2210

130
160
36
2170
48
2430

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Humidifier sections shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on
either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option.
Optionally, drain pans shall be constructed of insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet shall be supplied for each section. Drain pan shall not allow standing water and shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010.
Each humidifier shall consist of multiple, vertical steam discharge pipes, supported on horizontal header manifolds, spaced to provide the
optimum of steam to air contact while minimizing pressure drop. Each humidifier shall be sized to nominally match the air plenum width and
height for maximum contact of the discharging steam to the air passing around the vertical steam discharge pipes.

38

Plenum sections (cont)


HORIZONTAL BLOW-THRU DISCHARGE PLENUM SECTION

a39-4264
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
DA
DW
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
24
20
29
170

37
46
24
20
42
200

40
54
24
20
50
220

40
67
24
20
63
240

47
67
24
20
63
260

47
72
24
20
68
270

50
79
24
20
75
300

60
79
30
26
75
380

60
86
30
26
82
410

60
104
30
26
100
460

71
77
87 102
109 109 117 117
33
33
36
36
29
29
32
32
105 105 113 113
590 630 790 900

113 113 126 126


120 139 139 157
34
34
38
38
30
30
34
34
116 135 135 153
940 1070 1310 1460

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

72

41
49
24
20
42
330

44
57
24
20
50
360

44
70
24
20
63
400

51
70
24
20
63
420

51
75
24
20
68
440

54
82
24
20
75
480

64
82
30
26
75
570

64
89
30
26
82
610

64
107
30
26
100
690

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
33
33
36
36
34
34
38
38
29
29
32
32
30
30
34
34
105 105 113 113 116 135 135 153
840 880 1070 1180 1210 1340 1590 1740

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
24
DA
20
DW
29
Weight (lb)
280
AWL
DA
DW
H
W

40

40

50

50

61

61

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
Airway Length
Duct Depth
Duct Width
Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
Upblast discharge not available on 39MW outdoor units.
Blow-thru plenum sections shall have double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floors. Discharge options include: field cut, bottom, front upper,
front lower, top, and full face. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on
both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.

39

Dimensions (cont)
Filtration components
HORIZONTAL, FLAT FILTER SECTION

a39-4265

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
12
190

37
46
12
230

40
54
12
260

40
67
12
300

47
67
12
330

47
72
12
340

50
79
12
380

60
79
12
430

60
86
12
460

60
104
12
530

71
77
87
109 109 117
12
12
12
630 680 800

102 113 113 126 126


117 120 139 139 157
12
12
12
12
12
910 1000 1140 1260 1410

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
12
Weight (lb)
280

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

61

41
49
12
340

44
57
12
380

44
70
12
430

51
70
12
460

51
75
12
480

54
82
12
530

64
82
12
580

64
89
12
610

64
107
12
710

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
810 860 990 1100 1190 1330 1450 1600

06

2
6.9

08

8.3

39M UNIT SIZE


10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

6
3

14
33
38
24
27

14

3
6

8
10

12
13
15

12
14
10.4 13.3 15.0 16.7 20.8 26.7 33.3 41.7 45.1 52.1 70.0 73.3 84.4 95.0 108.6

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)

03

1
3.5

40

40

50

50

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Flat filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in. filters. Sections shall include side access slide rails.
Filter types as shown on the equipment schedule. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged doublewall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.

40

Filtration components (cont)


HORIZONTAL, ANGLE FILTER SECTION

a39-4266

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


12x24
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
24
230

37
46
24
270

40
54
24
310

40
67
24
350

47
67
24
390

47
72
24
400

50
79
24
450

60
79
24
510

60
86
24
540

60
104
24
620

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
24
24
24
24
27
27
27
27
790 790 920 1060 1290 1470 1630 1820

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
36
24
340

41
49
24
400

44
57
24
450

44
70
24
510

51
70
24
550

51
75
24
570

54
82
24
630

64
82
24
690

64
89
24
730

64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
24
24
24
24
24
27
27
27
27
830 1020 1010 1160 1300 1540 1720 1880 2070

03

5.6

06

8.9

40

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

39M UNIT SIZE


08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

12

18
24
56
64
64
72
4

12
12
16

24
12
16

6
2

16

11.1 13.3 16.7 18.9 24.0 33.3 33.3 44.4 55.5 66.7 73.3 97.8 124.4 142.2 142.2 160.0

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Angle filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in. filters of standard sizes, arranged in a horizontal V formation.
Filter types as shown on the equipment schedule. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged doublewall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.

41

Dimensions (cont)
Filtration components (cont)
HORIZONTAL, SHORT BAG/SIDE LOADING CARTRIDGE FILTER SECTION

a39-4267

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
24
230

37
46
24
270

40
54
24
310

40
67
24
350

47
67
24
390

47
72
24
400

50
79
24
450

60
79
24
510

60
86
24
540

60
104
24
620

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
740 790 920 1060 1160 1320 1460 1630

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
24
Weight (lb)
340

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
24
400

44
57
24
450

44
70
24
510

51
70
24
550

51
75
24
570

54
82
24
630

64
82
24
690

64
89
24
730

64
107
24
830

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
960 1010 1160 1300 1400 1560 1700 1870

06
1
1
6

08

2
8

10
1
2
10

12
3
2
14

14
3
2
14

17
3
3
18

21

6
24

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)

03

1
4

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36

4
6
8
8
24
32
40

40

40

40
4
8
40

50

50

50
3
12
54

61

61

61
7
12
62

72

72

72
4
16
72

85

85

85
4
20
88

96

96

96
9
20
98

110

110

110
6
24
108

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NIOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall be capable of accepting headered standard size 6-in. to 12-in. deep rigid media or bag filters.
Filter types as shown on the equipment schedule. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged doublewall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.

42

Filtration components (cont)


HORIZONTAL, LONG BAG/SIDE LOADING CARTRIDGE FILTER SECTION

a39-4268

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
42
300

37
46
42
350

40
54
42
390

40
67
42
440

47
67
42
480

47
72
42
500

50
79
42
560

60
79
42
630

60
86
42
670

60
104
42
760

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
900 960 1120 1270 1400 1590 1750 1950

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
41
H
W
36
AWL
42
Weight (lb)
440

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41

44

44

51

51

54

64

64

49
42
510

57
42
570

70
42
640

70
42
680

75
42
710

82
42
780

82
42
850

06
1
1
6

08

2
8

10
1
2
10

12
3
2
14

14
3
2
14

17
3
3
18

21

6
24

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)

03

1
4

40

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
89 107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
910 1030 1180 1240 1420 1570 1700 1890 2050 2250

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36

4
6
8
8
24
32
40

40
4
8
40

50
3
12
54

61
7
12
62

72
4
16
72

85
4
20
88

96
9
20
98

110
6
24
108

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall be capable of accepting headered standard size 12-in. to 30-in. deep rigid media or bag filters.
Filter types as shown on the equipment schedule. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged doublewall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.

43

Dimensions (cont)
Filtration components (cont)
HORIZONTAL, BAG/FRONT LOADING CARTRIDGE FILTER SECTION

a39-4269

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
48
320

37
46
48
370

40
54
48
420

40
67
48
470

47
67
48
510

47
72
48
540

50
79
48
590

60
79
48
670

60
86
48
710

60
104
48
810

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
960 1020 1190 1360 1490 1690 1870 2080

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
48
470
Weight (lb)

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
48
540

44
57
48
610

44
70
48
690

51
70
48
730

51
75
48
770

54
82
48
830

64
82
48
910

64
64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
89 107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
48
48
48
48
48
48 48
48
48
48
960 1100 1260 1320 1510 1680 1810 2010 2190 2400

06
1
1
6

08

2
8

10
1
2
10

12
2
2
12

14
3
2
14

17
3
3
18

21

6
24

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)

03

1
4

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36

4
6
8
8
24
32
40

40

40

40
4
8
40

50

50

50
3
12
54

61

61

61
7
12
62

72

72

72
4
16
72

85

85

85
4
20
88

96

96

96
9
20
98

110

110

110
6
24
108

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Blow-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall contain a face loading filter frame and be capable of accepting standard size 12-in. deep rigid media
(headered or box) or bag filters.
Filter types as shown on the equipment schedule. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged doublewall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of bag/cartridge filter
sections only.

44

Filtration components (cont)


HORIZONTAL, BLOW-THRU FRONT LOADING HEPA FILTER SECTION

a39-4270

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

37
33
48
320

37
46
48
370

40
54
48
420

40
67
48
470

47
67
48
510

47
72
48
540

50
79
48
590

60
79
48
670

60 60
71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
86 104 109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
710 810 960 1020 1190 1360 1490 1690 1870 2080

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

41
49
48
540

44
57
48
610

44
70
48
690

51
70
48
730

51
75
48
770

54
82
48
830

64
82
48
910

64
64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
89 107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
960 1100 1260 1320 1510 1680 1810 2010 2190 2400

06
1
1
6

08

2
8

10
1
2
10

12
2
2
12

14
3
2
14

17
3
3
18

21

6
24

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
48
Weight (lb)
470

FILTER SIZES (Qty)


12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
AWL
H
HEPA
W

03

1
4

30

30

36

36

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36

4
6
8
8
24
32
40

40

40

40
4
8
40

50

50

50
3
12
54

61

61

61
7
12
62

72

72

72
4
16
72

85

85

85
4
20
88

96

96

96
9
20
98

110

110

110
6
24
108

LEGEND
Airway Length
Height
High-Efficiency Particulate Air
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
Blow-thru HEPA filter sections shall contain a face loading filter frame and be capable of accepting standard size 12-in. deep HEPA box filters.
Filter types as shown on the equipment schedule. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged doublewall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of bag/cartridge filter
sections only.

45

Dimensions (cont)
Heat transfer sections
COOLING COIL SECTION WITH DRAIN PAN

a39-4271

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

37
33
24
170

37
46
24
190

40
54
24
210

40
67
24
230

47
67
24
240

47
72
24
250

50
79
24
270

60
79
24
300

60
86
24
320

60
104
24
350

71
109
24
410

77
109
24
430

87
117
24
490

102
117
24
550

113
120
24
600

113
139
24
680

126
139
24
740

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

41
49
24
320

44
44
57
70
24
24
350 390

51
70
24
400

51
75
24
420

54
82
24
450

64
82
24
480

64
89
24
510

64
107
24
560

75
81
91
112 112 120
24
24
24
630 650 730

106 117
120 123
24
24
790 840

117
142
24
920

130 130
142 160
24
24
980 1060

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
24
Weight (lb)
280

110
126
157
24
820

110

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Coil face areas available:
Large
Medium
Bypass
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain
pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet shall be supplied for each cooling coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. Where 2 or
more coils are stacked in a coil bank, intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the condensate shall be piped to the bottom drain pan. The
bottom coil shall not serve as a drain path for the upper coil.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

46

Heat transfer sections (cont)


EXTENDED LENGTH COOLING COIL SECTION WITH DRAIN PAN

a39-4272

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

37
33
42
230

37
46
42
260

40
54
42
290

40
67
42
310

47
67
42
340

47
72
42
350

50
79
42
380

60
79
48
450

60
86
48
480

60
104
48
540

71
109
48
630

77
109
54
730

87 102 113 113 126 126


117 117 120 139 139 157
60
72
60
60
66
66
930 1230 1160 1310 1570 1750

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

41
36
42
370

41
49
42
420

44
57
42
470

44
70
42
510

51
70
42
540

51
75
42
560

54
82
42
600

64
82
48
690

64
89
48
730

64
107
48
830

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
48
54
60
72
60
60
66
66
930 1050 1290 1630 1520 1670 1950 2130

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Coil face areas available:
Large
Medium
Bypass
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain
pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet shall be supplied for each cooling coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. Where 2 or
more coils are stacked in a coil bank, intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the condensate shall be piped to the bottom drain pan. The
bottom coil shall not serve as a drain path for the upper coil.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

47

Dimensions (cont)
Heat transfer sections (cont)
HEATING COIL SECTION

a39-4273

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
12
120

37
46
12
140

40
54
12
150

40
67
12
170

47
67
12
180

47
72
12
190

50
79
12
200

60
79
12
220

60
86
12
230

60
104
12
260

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
12
Weight (lb)
210

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

41
49
12
250

44
57
12
270

44
70
12
300

51
70
12
310

51
75
12
330

54
82
12
350

64
82
12
370

64
89
12
380

40

72

85

96

110

71
77
87
109 109 117
12
12
12
310 320 370

102 113
117 120
12 12
420 460

113
139
12
520

126
139
12
570

126
157
12
630

30

36

61

72

85

96

110

64
107
12
440

75
81
91
112 112 120
12
12
12
490 500 560

106 117
120 123
12
12
610 650

117
142
12
710

130
142
12
760

130
160
12
820

40

50

50

61

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Coil face areas available:
Large
Medium
Bypass
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

48

Heat transfer sections (cont)


EXTENDED LENGTH HEATING COIL SECTION

a39-4274

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
24
170

37
46
24
190

40
54
24
210

40
67
24
230

47
67
24
240

47
72
24
250

50
79
24
270

60
79
24
300

60
86
24
320

60
104
24
350

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

41
36
24
280

41
49
24
320

44
57
24
350

44
70
24
390

51
70
24
400

51
75
24
420

54
82
24
450

64
82
24
480

64
89
24
510

40

72

85

96

110

71
77
87
109 109 117
24
24
24
410 430 490

102 113
117 120
24
24
550 600

113
139
24
680

126
139
24
740

126
157
24
820

30

36

61

72

85

96

110

64
107
24
560

75
81
91
112 112 120
24
24
24
630 650 730

106 117
120 123
24
24
790 840

117
142
24
920

130 130
142 160
24
24
980 1060

40

50

50

61

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Coil face areas available:
Large
Medium
Bypass
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Optional drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet
shall be supplied for each coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. Where 2 or
more coils are stacked in a coil bank, intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the condensate shall be piped to the bottom drain pan. The
bottom coil shall not serve as a drain path for the upper coil.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

49

Dimensions (cont)
Heat transfer sections (cont)
DUAL COIL SECTION WITH DRAIN PAN

a39-4275
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

37
33
36
210

37
46
36
240

40
54
36
260

40
67
36
280

47
67
36
300

47
72
36
310

50
79
36
340

60
79
36
380

60
86
36
400

60
104
36
440

71
109
36
510

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
36
Weight (lb)
340

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
36
390

44
57
36
420

44
70
36
470

51
70
36
490

51
75
36
510

54
82
36
550

64
82
36
590

64
89
36
620

64
107
36
690

75
112
36
770

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Coil face areas available:
Large
Medium
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain
pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet shall be supplied for each coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. Where 2 or more coils
are stacked in a coil bank, intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the condensate shall be piped to the bottom drain pan. The bottom coil
shall not serve as a drain path for the upper coil.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

50

Heat transfer sections (cont)


ELECTRIC HEAT SECTION (LOW AMPERAGE WITH CONTROL BOX)

a39-4276

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

37
33
24
180

37
46
30
240

40
54
30
280

40
67
30
320

47
67
30
350

47
72
30
370

50
79
30
410

60
79
30
470

60
86
30
500

60
104
30
580

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
700 740 880 1010 1110 1270 1400 1570

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
36
Weight (lb)
300

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
42
390

44
57
42
440

44
70
42
510

51
70
42
540

51
75
42
570

54
82
42
620

64
82
42
680

64
89
42
720

64
107
42
830

75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
980 1020 1180 1310 1410 1570 1700 1870

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
The electric heater casing is constructed of galvanized steel. Heater control box access door shall be mounted on the designated hand side of
the unit. Element construction as follows:
A. Open-wire type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium resistance coils, insulated by Steatite bushings and supported in a galvanized steel frame.
Bushings shall be recessed into embossed openings and stacked into supporting brackets, spaced no more than 4-in. centers. Thermal cutouts for overtemperature protection shall be provided to meet UL and NEC requirements. Maximum element heating density shall be
55 watts/sq inch.
i. Contactor control - electric heaters up through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6 stages of control.
ii. SCR control - electric heaters up through a maximum of 90 amps are available with full SCR control. The entire heater is modulated to
achieve the proportional control based on a 0 to 10 volt DC or 4 to 20 mA control signal.
iii. Vernier control - the heater has full modulating control of the first circuit of heat, all of which is rated at equal kW increments. There is a
minimum of 3 circuits for this type of control. These stage increments are turned on and off by a step controller. As each stage fulfills the
demand for heat, the SCR increment is used as a fully modulating filler between stages. This end output is a fully proportional control of
the electric heater based on a 0 to 10 volt DC or 4 to 20 mA control signal.
B. Sheathed type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium resistance coils, suspended in a magnesium oxide insulator fill within a tubular steel sheath/
brazed fin assembly. Silicone rubber end seals shall prevent contamination of the interior, and the exterior shall be protected from corrosion
by a high temperature aluminum coating. Thermal cutouts for overtemperature protection shall be provided to meet UL and NEC requirements. Maximum element heating density shall be 55 watts/sq inch.
i. Contactor control - electric heaters up through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6 stages of control.
The manufacturer shall furnish an integral control box containing thermal cutouts, primary control, sub-circuit fusing, airflow switch, and fused
control transformer.
Electric heaters shall be UL listed for zero clearance and shall meet all applicable National Electric Code requirements.
Units with electric heat sections shall be listed under UL 1995 Standard for Safety.

51

Dimensions (cont)
Heat transfer sections (cont)
ELECTRIC HEAT SECTION (HIGH AMPERAGE WITH CONTROL BOX)

a39-4277

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

37
33
36
180

37
46
36
220

40
54
42
290

40
67
42
340

47
67
42
380

47
72
42
400

50
79
42
450

60
79
42
530

60
86
42
560

60
104
42
660

71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
800 860 1020 1180 1300 1500 1660 1860

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE 03


Dimensions (in.)
H
41
W
36
AWL
48
Weight (lb)
320

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

41
49
48
380

44
57
54
480

44
70
54
560

51
70
54
600

51
75
54
630

54
82
54
690

64
82
54
770

64
89
54
810

64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
950 1120 1180 1360 1520 1640 1840 2000 2200

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
The electric heater casing is constructed of galvanized steel. Heater control box access door shall be mounted on the designated hand side of
the unit. Element construction as follows:
A. Open-wire type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium resistance coils, insulated by Steatite bushings and supported in a galvanized steel frame.
Bushings shall be recessed into embossed openings and stacked into supporting brackets, spaced no more than 4-in. centers. Thermal cutouts for overtemperature protection shall be provided to meet UL and NEC requirements. Maximum element heating density shall be
55 watts/sq inch.
i. Contactor control - electric heaters up through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6 stages of control.
ii. SCR control - electric heaters up through a maximum of 90 amps are available with full SCR control. The entire heater is modulated to
achieve the proportional control based on a 0 to 10 volt DC or 4 to 20 mA control signal.
iii. Vernier control - the heater has full modulating control of the first circuit of heat, all of which is rated at equal kW increments. There is a
minimum of 3 circuits for this type of control. These stage increments are turned on and off by a step controller. As each stage fulfills the
demand for heat, the SCR increment is used as a fully modulating filler between stages. This end output is a fully proportional control of
the electric heater based on a 0 to 10 volt DC or 4 to 20 mA control signal.
B. Sheathed type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium resistance coils, suspended in a magnesium oxide insulator fill within a tubular steel sheath/
brazed fin assembly. Silicone rubber end seals shall prevent contamination of the interior, and the exterior shall be protected from corrosion
by a high temperature aluminum coating. Thermal cutouts for overtemperature protection shall be provided to meet UL and NEC requirements. Maximum element heating density shall be 55 watts/sq inch.
i. Contactor control - electric heaters up through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6 stages of control.
The manufacturer shall furnish an integral control box containing thermal cutouts, primary control, sub-circuit fusing, airflow switch, and fused
control transformer.
Electric heaters shall be UL listed for zero clearance and shall meet all applicable National Electric Code requirements.
Units with electric heat sections shall be listed under UL 1995 Standard for Safety.

52

Heat transfer sections (cont)


MULTIZONE/DUAL DUCT HEATING/COOLING COIL SECTION WITH DRAIN PAN

a39-4278
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
Zones
Weight (lb)
Quantity of Extension Shaft Kits

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

59
46
48
6
570
4

62
54
48
7
620
4

62
67
48
10
690
6

69
67
60
10
820
6

69
72
60
10
850
6

72
88
88
88
99 105 117 138
79
79
86 104 109 109 117 117
60
72
72
72
84
90 102 120
12
12
13
16
17
17
18
18
920 1180 1250 1430 1840 2030 2630 3500
7
7
8
10
10
10
12
12

LEGEND
AWL Airway Length
H
Height
W
Width
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Multizone/dual duct heating/cooling coil section with drain pan not available on outdoor unit.
Coil face areas available:
Large - Cooling Coil
Medium - Cooling Coil
Small - Heating Coil

Duct Arrangement:
Dual Duct Top Discharge
Dual Duct Front Discharge
Multizone Top Discharge
Multizone Front Discharge

All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Multizone dampers (if supplied) shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel frame. Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel,
with blade and edge seals. Axles shall have self-lubricating nylon bearings. Linkage shall have external connections. Number of zones shall
vary by size of section.
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain
pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet shall be supplied for each cooling coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

53

Dimensions (cont)
Heat transfer sections (cont)
VERTICAL COIL SECTION WITH DRAIN PAN

a39-4279
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
AF
AWL
FC
H
W

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

37

37

40

40

47

47

50

60

60

60

71

77

87

102

33

46

54

67

67

72

79

79

86

104

109

109

117

117

42
42
250

42
42
290

36
36
290

36
36
320

42
42
370

48
48
420

48
48
460

48
48
510

60
60
630

60
60
722

60
60
860

60
66
66
66
72
78
980 1240 1520

LEGEND
Airfoil
Airway Length
Forward Curved
Height
Width

NOTES:
1. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
2. Dual coil arrangements are not available on sizes 40, 50 or 61.
SPECIFICATIONS
Vertical coil section with drain pan not available on outdoor unit.
Coil face areas available:
Large
Medium
Bypass
All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction of galvanized steel with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels. The panel
assemblies shall not carry a resultant minimum R-value of less than 13. Coil sections shall have removable frame sections to facilitate vertical
coil extraction.
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be sloped toward the drain connection. Drain
pan shall have a 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified. One drain outlet shall be supplied for each cooling coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. Where 2 or more
coils are stacked in a coil bank, intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the condensate shall be piped to the bottom drain pan. The bottom coil shall not serve as a drain path for the upper coil.
Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable
double-wall access panels.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for coil detail options.

54

Fan motor sections


HORIZONTAL DRAW-THRU SUPPLY FAN

a39-4280
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
AF DB
Weight (lb)
FC
AF
AF DB

03

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
AF DB
Weight (lb)
FC
AF
AF DB

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

87 102
117 117

72

85

96

110

113
120

113
139

126
139

126
157

77
77
77

83
83
83

83
83
83

83
92
92

37
33

37
46

40
54

40
67

47
67

47
72

50
79

60
79

60
86

60
104

71
109

77
109

24
42
42

30
42
42

36
36
42

36
36
42

42
42
48

48
48
54

48
48
54

48
48
54

60
60
66

60
60
66

60
60
60

60
66
66

480
550
550

550
620
620

640
640
670

700
700
740

810
810
850

910 990 1100 1360 1560 1840 1960 2480 2830 3560 4350 4800 5370
900 990 1100 1360 1560 1840 2120 2670 3270 3560 4350 4800 5910
940 1030 1150 1400 1600 1750 2010 2520 3080 3350 4090 4510 5550

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

41
36

41
49

44
57

44
70

51
70

51
75

54
82

64
82

64
89

64
107

75
112

81
112

91 106
120 120

24
42
42

30
42
42

36
36
42

36
36
42

42
42
48

48
48
54

48
48
54

48
48
54

60
60
66

60
60
66

60
60
60

60
66
66

590
690
690

690
780
780

800
800
850

66
72
72

66
72
72

66
78
78

61

66
78
78

72

85

96

110

117
123

117
142

130
142

130
160

77
77
77

83
83
83

83
83
83

83
92
92

890 1010 1140 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2300 2860 3210 3980 4790 5240 5810
890 1010 1130 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2480 3070 3700 3980 4790 5240 6390
940 1070 1180 1290 1410 1700 1950 2090 2370 2920 3510 3770 4530 4950 6030

LEGEND
AF Airfoil
AWL Airway Length
DB Downblast

FC Forward Curved
H Height
W Width

NOTES: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


Fan airway length based on standard diameter fan with a top horizontal front discharge. Other fan diameters or discharge locations may affect
airway lengths. Please consult AHUBuilder for exact dimensions.
Upblast fans not available for 39MW outdoor units.
SPECIFICATIONS
Fan supports, structural members, panels, or flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material
is used.
The fan section shall have a double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floor. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on either
side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for fan detail options.

55

Dimensions (cont)
Fan motor sections (cont)
HORIZONTAL BLOW-THRU SUPPLY FAN

a39-4281

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

03

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

87 102
117 117

72

85

96

110

113
120

113
139

126
139

126
157

76
76

81
81

81
81

81
78

37
33

37
46

40
54

40
67

47
67

47
72

50
79

60
79

60
86

60
104

71
109

77
109

24
42

30
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

480
550

550
620

640
640

700
700

810
810

910
900

990 1100 1360 1560 1840 1960 2480 2830 3520 4250 4700 5250
990 1100 1360 1560 1840 2120 2670 3270 3520 4250 4700 5070

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

66
78

30

36

40

50

91 106
120 120

41
36

41
49

44
57

44
70

51
70

51
75

54
82

64
82

64
89

64
107

75
112

81
112

24
42

30
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

590
690

690
780

800
800

LEGEND
AF Airfoil
H
AWL Airway Length
W
FC Forward Curved

66
72

66
72

61

66
78

72

85

96

110

117
123

117
142

130
142

130
160

76
76

81
81

81
81

81
78

890 1010 1140 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2300 2860 3210 3940 4690 5140 5690
890 1010 1130 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2480 3070 3700 3940 4690 5140 5500

Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
Fan airway length based on standard diameter fan with a top horizontal front discharge. Other fan diameters or discharge locations may affect
airway lengths. Please consult AHUBuilder for exact dimensions.
Fan supports, structural members, panels, or flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material
is used.
Blow-thru sections shall have a diffuser plate as an integral part of the fan section if used immediately downstream of the fan section. The system effect created by the diffuser plate and the lack of ductwork to properly develop airflow shall be taken into account when calculating fan performance by the air handler selection program.
The fan section shall have a double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floor. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on
either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for fan detail options.

56

Fan motor sections (cont)


VERTICAL DRAW-THRU SUPPLY FAN

a39-4282
INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE
Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

37

37

40

40

47

47

50

60

60

60

71

77

87

102

33

46

54

67

67

72

79

79

86

104

109

109

117

117

42
42

42
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

66
72

66
78

560
560

630
630

660
660

720
720

840
840

LEGEND
AF Airfoil
H
AWL Airway Length
W
FC Forward Curved

940 1030 1160 1440 1650 1950 2080 2640 3020


940 1030 1160 1440 1650 1950 2250 2840 3500

Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
Vertical draw-thru supply fan not available on outdoor unit.
Fan supports, structural members, panels, or flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material
is used.
The fan section shall have a double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floor. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on
either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for fan detail options.

57

Dimensions (cont)
Fan motor sections (cont)
HORIZONTAL RETURN FAN

a39-4283

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

03

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

87 102
117 117

72

85

96

110

113
120

113
139

126
139

126
157

76
76

81
81

81
81

81
78

37
33

37
46

40
54

40
67

47
67

47
72

50
79

60
79

60
86

60
104

71
109

77
109

24
42

30
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

480
550

550
620

640
640

700
700

810
810

910
900

990 1100 1360 1560 1840 1960 2480 2830 3520 4250 4700 5250
990 1100 1360 1560 1840 2120 2670 3270 3520 4250 4700 5070

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

66
78

30

36

40

50

91 106
120 120

41
36

41
49

44
57

44
70

51
70

51
75

54
82

64
82

64
89

64
107

75
112

81
112

24
42

30
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

590
690

690
780

800
800

LEGEND
AF Airfoil
H
AWL Airway Length
W
FC Forward Curved

66
72

66
72

61

66
78

72

85

96

110

117
123

117
142

130
142

130
160

76
76

81
81

81
81

81
78

890 1010 1140 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2300 2860 3210 3940 4690 5140 5690
890 1010 1130 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2480 3070 3700 3940 4690 5140 5500

Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
Fan airway length based on standard diameter fan with a top horizontal front discharge. Other fan diameters or discharge locations may affect
airway lengths. Please consult AHUBuilder for exact dimensions.
Fan supports, structural members, panels, or flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material
is used.
The fan section shall have a double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floor. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on
either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for fan detail options.

58

Fan motor sections (cont)


HORIZONTAL POWER EXHAUST FAN

a39-4284

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

03

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
AWL
FC
AF
Weight (lb)
FC
AF

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

87 102
117 117

72

85

96

110

113
120

113
139

126
139

126
157

76
76

81
81

81
81

81
78

37
33

37
46

40
54

40
67

47
67

47
72

50
79

60
79

60
86

60
104

71
109

77
109

24
42

30
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

480
550

550
620

640
640

700
700

810
810

910
900

990 1100 1360 1560 1840 1960 2480 2830 3520 4250 4700 5250
990 1100 1360 1560 1840 2120 2670 3270 3520 4250 4700 5070

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

66
78

30

36

40

50

91 106
120 120

41
36

41
49

44
57

44
70

51
70

51
75

54
82

64
82

64
89

64
107

75
112

81
112

24
42

30
42

36
36

36
36

42
42

48
48

48
48

48
48

60
60

60
60

60
60

60
66

590
690

690
780

800
800

LEGEND
AF Airfoil
H
AWL Airway Length
W
FC Forward Curved

66
72

66
72

61

66
78

72

85

96

110

117
123

117
142

130
142

130
160

76
76

81
81

81
81

81
78

890 1010 1140 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2300 2860 3210 3940 4690 5140 5690
890 1010 1130 1230 1340 1650 1890 2180 2480 3070 3700 3940 4690 5140 5500

Height
Width

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.


SPECIFICATIONS
Fan airway length based on standard diameter fan with a top horizontal front discharge. Other fan diameters or discharge locations may affect
airway lengths. Please consult AHUBuilder for exact dimensions.
Fan supports, structural members, panels, or flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material
is used.
The fan section shall have a double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floor. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on
either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for fan detail options.

59

Dimensions (cont)
Fan motor sections (cont)
PLENUM FAN (SUPPLY DRAW-THRU, SUPPLY BLOW-THRU, RETURN)

a39-4285

INDOOR 39MN UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
DA
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

37
33
24
48
600

37
46
33
54
720

40
54
20
42
720

40
67
19
42
800

47
67
24
48
940

47
50
60
60
60
71
77
87 102 113 113 126 126
72
79
79
86 104 109 109 117 117 120 139 139 157
23
22
27
26
24
29
33
30
32
35
44
50
47
48
48
54
54
54
66
72
72
78
70
79
89
95
980 1080 1320 1400 1610 2240 2580 3040 3740 3740 4780 5900 7040

OUTDOOR 39MW UNIT SIZE


Dimensions (in.)
H
W
DA
AWL
Weight (lb)

03

06

08

10

12

14

41
36
24
48
770

41
49
33
54
900

44
44
51
51
54
64
64
64
75
81
91 106 117 117 130 130
57
70
70
75
82
82
89 107 112 112 120 120 123 142 142 160
20
19
24
23
22
27
26
24
29
33
30
32
35
44
50
47
42
42
48
48
48
54
54
54
66
72
72
78
70
79
89
95
900 1000 1160 1210 1320 1580 1670 1920 2600 2960 3440 4170 4140 5210 6360 7530

AWL
DA
H
W

17

17

21

21

25

25

30

30

36

36

40

40

50

50

61

61

72

72

85

85

96

96

110

110

LEGEND
Airway Length
Duct Depth
Height
Width

NOTES:
1. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted. Bottom discharge not available; use discharge plenum.
2. Standard diameter plenum fan dimension shown.
SPECIFICATIONS
Fan airway length based on standard diameter fan with a top horizontal front discharge. Other fan diameters or discharge locations may affect
airway lengths. Please consult AHUBuilder for exact dimensions.
Fan supports, structural members, panels, or flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material
is used.
The fan section shall have a double-wall, insulated, galvanized steel floor. Accessibility options shall be hinged double-wall access door on
either side, hinged double-wall access doors on both sides, or removable double-wall access panels.
A. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports shall be available as a factory-installed option on the access panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
B. Marine lights shall be available as a factory-installed option with or without convenience outlets.
See the guide specifications on pages 83-114 for fan detail options.

60

Physical data
FAN OFFERINGS BY UNIT SIZE AND TYPE
FORWARD CURVE FANS
SUPPLY

39M
UNIT
SIZE

FAN
WHEEL

03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

N/A
A10-8A
A10-8A
A12-12A
A12-11A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A20-15A
A20-18H
A22-22H
A25-20H
A27-22H
A27-27H
32
36
N/A
N/A

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
7.5 / 213T
3 / 182T
10 / 215T
5 / 184T
15 / 254T
5 / 184T
15 / 254T
5 / 184T
25 / 284T
7.5 / 213T
7.5 / 213T
25 / 284T
25 / 284T
10 / 215T
30 / 286T
10 / 215T
30 / 286T
15 / 254T
30 / 286T
15 / 254T
40 / 324T
15 / 254T
50 / 326T
20 / 256T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

FAN
WHEEL
A9-4A
A10-8A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A18-18A
A20-18A
A20-18A
A20-20H
A25-25H
A25-25H
A27-27H
A30-30H
36
40
40
40

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
30 / 286T
5 / 184T
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T

FAN
WHEEL
N/A
A9-4A
A10-8A
A12-12A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A18-18A
A20-18H
A20-20H
A20-20H
A25-25H
A27-27H
32
36
N/A
N/A

RETURN / EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN
WHEEL
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
A9-4A
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
A10-8A
7.5 / 213T
3 / 182T
A12-12A
10 / 215T
5 / 184T
A15-15A
10 / 215T
5 / 184T
A15-15A
15 / 254T
5 / 184T
A18-18A
25 / 284T
7.5 / 213T
A18-18A
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
A20-18A
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
A20-18A
30 / 286T
10 / 215T
A20-20H
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
A25-25H
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
A25-25H
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
A27-27H
50 / 326T
20 / 256T
A30-30H
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
36
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
40
N/A
N/A
40
N/A
N/A
40

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
30 / 286T
5 / 184T
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T

RETURN / EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN
WHEEL
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
101
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
121
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
131
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
131
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
161
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
161
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
181
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
201
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
221
N/A
N/A
221
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
271
50 / 326T
5 / 184T
301
60 / 364T
7.5 / 213T
331
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
361
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
36
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
40
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
40
125 /444T
10 / 215T
44

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
2 / 145T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
50 / 326T
3 / 182T
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
20 / 256T
5 / 184T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T

RETURN / EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN
WHEEL
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
123
N/A
N/A
153
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
163
N/A
N/A
183Q
N/A
N/A
223Q
N/A
N/A
223Q
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
243Q
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
273Q
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
303Q
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
333Q
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
363Q
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
403Q
50 / 326T
7.5 / 213T
443Q
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
493Q
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
44HE
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
49HE
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
55HE
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
55HE

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
10 / 215T
.75 / 56
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
30 / 286T
5 / 184T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T

AIRFOIL FANS
SUPPLY

39M
UNIT
SIZE

FAN
WHEEL

03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

N/A
101
121
121
131
131
161
181
201
N/A
271
301
331
301
32
36
36
40

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
N/A
N/A
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
50 / 326T
3 / 182T
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
60 / 364T
7.5 / 213T
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 /444T
10 / 215T

FAN
WHEEL
101
121
131
131
161
161
181
201
221
221
241
271
301
331
36
40
40
44

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
2 / 145T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
50 / 326T
5 / 184T
60 / 364T
7.5 / 213T
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T

FAN
WHEEL
N/A
101
121
121
131
131
161
181
201
N/A
241
271
301
331
32
36
36
40

BELT DRIVE PLENUM FANS


SUPPLY

39M
UNIT
SIZE

FAN
WHEEL

03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

N/A
N/A
153
N/A
N/A
N/A
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
40HE
44HE
49HE
49HE

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
50 / 326T
7.5 / 213T
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T

FAN
WHEEL
123
153
163
183Q
223Q
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
363Q
403Q
443Q
44HE
49HE
55HE
55HE

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
10 / 215T
.75 / 56
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
50 / 326T
7.5 / 213T
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T

FAN
WHEEL
N/A
N/A
153
N/A
N/A
N/A
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
443Q
40HE
44HE
49HE
49HE

61

Physical data (cont)


FAN OFFERINGS BY UNIT SIZE AND TYPE (cont)

39M
UNIT
SIZE

FAN WHEEL

03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61

105
135
150
165
182
200
222
245
270
270
300
330
365
365

39M
UNIT
SIZE

2 FAN WHEELS

08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110

135
150
165
165
182
182
222
222
270
270
300
330
365
402
N/A
N/A

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 213T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 215T
1 / 143T
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 182T
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
30 / 326T
3 / 213T
40 / 364T
5 / 215T
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
50 / 364T
10 / 256T

DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FANS


SUPPLY/RETURN/EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN WHEEL
MAX
MIN
122
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
150
7.5 / 215T
1 / 143T
165
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
182
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
200
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
222
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
245
20 / 256T
1.5 / 182T
270
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
300
30 / 326T
3 / 213T
330
40 / 364T
6 / 215T
365
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
365
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
402
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
402
50 / 365T
10 / 256T

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
7.5 / 213T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 215T
1 / 143T
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
25 / 284T
5 / 184T
25 / 284T
5 / 184T
30 / 324T
7.5 / 213T
40 / 364T
10 / 215T
50 / 364T
20 / 256T
50 / 365T
20 / 256T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FAN ARRAYS


SUPPLY/RETURN/EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
4 FAN WHEELS
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
182
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
222
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
245
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

FAN WHEEL
N/A
165
182
200
222
245
270
300
330
365
402
402
N/A
N/A

6 FAN WHEELS
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
182
182
222
245
245
245

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 182T
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
30 / 324T
3 / 213T
40 / 364T
5 / 215T
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T

FAN DATA BY WHEEL DIAMETER AND TYPE

Fan Wheel

Wheel
Diameter (in.)

Inlet Cone
Diameter (in.)

A9-4A
A10-8A
A12-11A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A20-15A
A20-18A
A20-18H
A20-20H
A22-22H
A25-20H
A25-25H
A27-22H
A27-27H
A30-30H
32
36
40

9 1/2
10 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
15
18 1/32
20
20
20
20
22 3/8
25
25
27 5/8
27 5/8
30 1/4
31 1/2
35 7/16
39

7 13/16
8 13/16
10 3/8
10 3/8
12 5/8
15 1/2
16 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
18 1/16
21 5/16
21 5/16
23 15/16
23 15/16
26 3/8
25 3/4
29
32 3/4

FORWARD CURVE FANS


Max Speed (rpm)
Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)*
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
3/
3/
2132
2749
4
4
3/
1806
2347
1
4
1533
1986
1
1 3/16
1491
1938
1
1 3/16
1262
1639
1 3/16
1 3/16
1097
1378
1 3/16
1 7/16
969
1238
1 7/16
1 11/16
960
1217
1 7/16
1 11/16
952
1237
1 3/16
1 7/16
952
1237
1 3/16
1 7/16
884
1119
1 7/16
2 3/16
770
980
1 11/16
2 7/16
751
960
1 11/16
2 7/16
684
873
1 11/16
2 7/16
656
865
1 11/16
2 7/16
618
793
1 11/16
2 11/16
675
760
2 3/16
2 3/16
600
660
2 7/16
2 7/16
550
600
2 7/16
2 7/16

* Minimum motor shaft diameter listed.

62

114

Fan Wheel Weight (lb)


Class 1
Class 2
4
4
6
6
10
10
10
10
16
17
32
34
51
51
53
53
42
45
42
45
63
63
73
73
81
81
101
101
111
111
128
128
132
134
158
178
194
214

Number of
Fan Blades
43
48
43
43
51
48
37
37
51
51
37
37
37
37
37
37
38
42
48

FAN DATA BY WHEEL DIAMETER AND TYPE (cont)

Fan Wheel

Wheel
Diameter (in.)

Inlet Cone
Diameter (in.)

101
121
131
161
181
201
221
241
271
301
331
361
32
36
40
44

10
12 1/4
13 1/2
16 1/2
18 1/4
20
22 1/4
24 1/2
27
30
33
36 1/2
31 7/8
35 13/16
39 3/8
44 3/32

6 1/8
7 1/2
8 3/8
10 1/8
11
12 7/16
13 7/8
15 1/8
16 13/16
18 13/16
20 9/16
23 1/8
21 5/8
24
26 7/8
30

Fan Wheel

Wheel
Diameter (in.)

Inlet Cone
Diameter (in.)

123
153
163
183Q
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
443Q
493Q
40HE
44HE
49HE
55HE

12 1/4
15
16 1/2
18 1/4
22 1/4
24 1/2
27
30
33
36 1/2
40 1/4
44 1/2
49
40
44 3/4
49 13/16
55 1/4

7 1/2
9 1/4
10 1/8
11 15/17
14 1/2
15 67/83
17 17/33
19 11/16
21 33/68
24
26 5/8
29 1/2
32 1/2
26 7/8
30
33 7/16
37 1/16

AIRFOIL FANS
Max Speed (rpm)
Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)*
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
N/A
4655
N/A
1
N/A
4560
N/A
1 3/16
N/A
4033
N/A
1 7/16
N/A
3254
N/A
1 11/16
2261
2950
1 11/16
1 15/16
2019
2598
1 11/16
1 15/16
1872
2442
1 15/16
2 3/16
1701
2218
2 3/16
2 7/16
1463
1910
2 3/16
2 7/16
1316
1715
2 7/16
2 11/16
1202
1568
2 7/16
2 15/16
1055
1378
2 11/16
2 15/16
1300
1700
2 3/16
2 7/16
1250
1550
2 7/16
2 3/4
1200
1350
2 3/4
2 15/16
850
1150
2 15/16
3 3/16

Fan Wheel Weight (lb)


Class 1
Class 2
N/A
8
N/A
11
N/A
15
N/A
37
52
52
60
60
73
73
88
91
104
106
136
145
168
176
235
233
195
195
262
273
348
358
441
459

Number of
Fan Blades

BELT DRIVE PLENUM FANS


Max Speed (rpm)
Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)*
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
3567
4655
1
1 3/16
2765
3610
1
1 3/16
2465
3216
1
1
2190
2855
1
1 3/16
1872
2442
1 7/16
1 7/16
1701
2218
1 7/16
1 7/16
1463
1910
1 7/16
1 7/16
1316
1715
1 7/16
1 7/16
1202
1568
1 11/16
1 11/16
1055
1378
1 11/16
1 11/16
955
1249
1 15/16
1 15/16
865
1131
2 3/16
2 3/16
808
1050
2 11/16
2 11/16
1150
1400
2 7/16
2 7/16
1100
1200
2 3/16
2 7/16
950
1100
2 7/16
2 7/16
850
975
2 15/16
2 15/16

Fan Wheel Weight (lb)


Class 1
Class 2
8
8
13
13
27
27
35
35
50
50
70
70
80
80
100
100
135
135
171
171
203
203
277
277
366
366
250
257
356
360
454
454
651
651

Number of
Fan Blades

18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
18
10
10
10
10

9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
10
10
10
10

DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FANS


Fan Wheel

Wheel Diameter (in.)

Inlet Cone Diameter


(in.)

Max Speed (rpm)


Class 2

105
122
135
150
165
182
200
222
245
270
300
330
365
402

10 1/2
12 1/5
13 1/2
15
16 1/2
18 1/5
20
22 1/5
24 1/2
27
30
33
36 1/2
40 1/5

6 31/50
7 18/25
8 1/2
9 11/25
10 16/39
11 1/2
12 23/39
14 2/67
15 11/25
17 1/33
18 47/50
20 17/21
23
25 19/50

5195
4425
4038
3650
3275
2979
2771
2454
2269
2035
1851
1620
1465
1330

Motor Shaft
Diameter (in.)*
Class 2
5/
8
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
1 5/8

Fan Wheel
Weight (lb)
Class 2
4
5
7
11
13
17
19
26
32
45
63
75
93
120

Number of Fan
Blades
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

* Minimum fan shaft diameter listed. Refer to centerline distance table for specific diameter by unit size.

63

Physical data (cont)


DIRECT-EXPANSION CIRCUITING DATA
MEDIUM FACE AREA COILS
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size

03
Quarter
14
20
4

06

Half
1,215
2.4
14
20
7

7/ 8

7/ 8

7/

7/

G-1.5

G-2.5/G-2

Full

Quarter

14
20
14

14
34
4

7/ 8

7/ 8

7/ 8

7/ 8

G-1.5

G-2.5/G-2

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

7/ 8
7/ 8

G-2.5
2

7/ 8

7/ 8

7/ 8
G-1.5

7/ 8
G-2.5/G-2

08

Half
2,066
4.1
14
34
7

7/8

7/ 8

7/

7/

G-1.5

G-2.5/G-2

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

G-2.5
2

7/8

7/ 8

7/8
G-1.5

7/ 8
G-2.5/G-2

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

G-2.5

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

G-2.5/G-2

2
7/ 8
7/ 8
G-2.5/G-2

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

1
7/ 8
7/ 8
G-2.5

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

G-1.5

G-2.5

1
11/8
7/8
G-8

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-8

7/8
7/8

G-2.5
2

7/8

7/8

7/8
G-1.5

7/8
G-2.5

7/8
G-1.5

7/ 8
G-2.5/G-2

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

G-2.5

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

16
52
4

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

16
40
16

7/ 8

Quarter

7/8
7/8

7/ 8

7/ 8

10
Full

7/8
7/8

Half
2,778
5.6
16
40
8

7/8
7/8

7/8

LEGEND
TXV Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.

64

G-2.5

1
7/8
7/8

2
7/ 8
7/ 8
G-2.5/G-2

G-1.5

G-2.5/G-2

7/ 8
G-2.5/G-2

G-2.5/G-2

2
7/8
7/
8

G-1.5

7/ 8
G-1.5

7/ 8

2
7/8
7/
8

7/ 8

2
7/ 8

16
40
4

7/ 8

7/ 8

G-2.5

14
34
14

7/ 8

Quarter

7/8
7/8

7/ 8

7/ 8

Full

7/8
7/

G-1.5

G-2.5

7/8
7/8

7/8
7/8

G-1.5
1
7/8
7/8

G-2.5

7/8
G-2.5

7/8
G-2.5

1
11/8
7/8
G-8

7/8

7/8

7/8
G-1.5

G-2.5

G-2.5

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-8

2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-8

1
11/8
7/8
G-8

7/8
7/8

2
11/8
7/ 8
G-8

7/8
G-1.5

7/8
G-1.5

22
52
6

16
52
16

1
11/8
7/8
G-8

7/8

Quarter

G-2.5

7/8

Full

7/8

7/8
7/8

7/8
7/

7/8

7/8
7/8

12

Half
3,611
7.2
16
52
8

2
7/ 8
7/

G-2
2

Half
4,965
9.9
22
52
11

14
Full

Quarter

22
52
22

24
59
6

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
8
11/8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
7/ 8
7/

G-2

Full

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-4

2
13/8
13/8
C-12

24
59
24

G-2

2
11/8
7/ 8
G-4/G-3

G-2

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-4

1
11/8
7/ 8
G-4

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

1
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-4

1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/ 8
11/8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-4

2
13/8
13/8
C-12

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/ 8
11/8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-4

2
13/8
13/8
C-12

1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12

7/ 8
7/ 8

2
7/ 8
7/ 8
G-2

Half
6,146
12.3
24
59
12

7/ 8
7/ 8

7/8
G-2.5

7/ 8
G-2

1
11/8
7/8
G-8

1
11/8
7/ 8
G-4

2
11/8
7/ 8
G-8

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/ 8
11/8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-4

2
13/8
13/8
C-12

G-2.5

2
11/8
7/ 8
G-8

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/ 8
11/8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-4

2
13/8
13/8
C-12

1
11/8
7/8
G-8

1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12

7/8
7/8

G-2.5
2
7/8
7/8

7/ 8

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary,


replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and field-installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

DIRECT-EXPANSION CIRCUITING DATA (cont)


MEDIUM FACE AREA COILS (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size

17

21

Half Full
6,771
13.5
24
24
65
65
12
24

Half

32
65
16

25

30

36

40

50

61

Full Double Half Full Double Half Full Double Full Double Full Double Full Double
9,028
10,278
12,778
15,000
18,333
19,861
18.1
20.6
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
36
36
44
44
44
44
65
65
72
72
72
92
92
92
96
96
60
60
104
104
32
64
16
32
64
16
32
64
36
72
44
88
44
88

Full

Double
25,278
50.6
28
28
28
28
104
104
104
104
28
28
56
56
Upper Lower Upper Lower

2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/ 8
7/8
13/8
13/8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
1 3/ 8
G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
13/8
G-8 C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/ 8
7/8
13/8
13/8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
1 3/ 8
G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
13/8
G-8 C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
13/8
13/8
C-12

2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/ 8
7/8
13/8
13/8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
1 3/ 8
G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
13/8
G-8 C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/ 8
7/8
13/8
13/8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
1 3/ 8
G-8 C-17

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
13/8
G-8 C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
13/8
13/8
C-12

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
13/8
G-8 C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

4
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/ 8
3
7
1 /8
13/8
/8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
2
11/8 13/8
7/ 8
13/8
G-4 C-12

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

1
13/8
13/8
C-12

2
2
11/8 15/8
7/ 8
1 3/ 8
G-8 C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

4
15/8
13/8
C-15

LEGEND
TXV Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary,


replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and field-installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

65

Physical data (cont)


DIRECT-EXPANSION CIRCUITING DATA (cont)
MEDIUM FACE AREA COILS (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size

72
Full

85
Double

29,722
59.4
32
32
107
107
32
60

32
107
32
Upper

Lower

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

Full

35,000
70.0
32
32
126
126
32
64

32
107
64

32
126
32

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

Full

110
Double

39,375
78.8
36
36
126
126
36
72

32
126
64

36
126
36

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

Full

Double
45,000
90.0
36
36
36
144
144
144
36
72
72

36
126
72

36
144
36

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

2
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
15/8
13/8
C-17

4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17

LEGEND
TXV Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.

66

96
Double

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary,


replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and field-installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

DIRECT-EXPANSION CIRCUITING DATA (cont)


LARGE FACE AREA COILS
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size

03
Quarter

06
Full

Quarter

20
20
20

20
34
4

2
11/8
7/
8
G-3

7/

G-1.5

2
11/8
7/
8
G-3

1
11/8
7/
8
G-3

1
13/8
11/8
E-10

G-1.5

2
11/8
7/ 8
G-3

2
7/ 8
7/
8
G-1.5

2
11/8
7/
8
G-3

1
11/8
7/
8
G-3

1
13/8
11/8
E-10

20
20
4

Half
1,736
3.5
20
20
10

08
Full

Quarter

20
34
20

22
40
6

Quarter

22
40
22

22
52
6

Full

Quarter

22
52
22

28
52
7

7/

7/

2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3

7/
8
7/
8

G-2

2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3

1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-4

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

G-1.5

G-2

2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3

1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10

1
11/8
7/
8
G-4

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

7/ 8
7/ 8

G-1.5

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-3

G-2

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/8
11/8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
7/ 8
7/
8
G-1.5

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

2
7/ 8
7/
8
G-2

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12

1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10

1
11/8
7/
8
G-4

2
11/8
7/
8
G-3

2
13/8
11/8
E-10

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

2
13/8
11/8
E-10

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
11/8
7/
8
G-3

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

2
13/8
11/8
E-10

2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12

1
13/8
11/8
E-10

1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10

G-1.5
2
7/ 8
7/

7/ 8
7/ 8

7/

8
8

G-1.5
2
7/ 8
7/

7/ 8
7/ 8

LEGEND
TXV Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.

7/
7/

8
8

G-2
2
7/ 8
7/

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

12

Half
4,965
9.9
22
52
11

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3

10
Full

7/

Half
3,819
7.6
22
40
11

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3

7/

Half
2,951
5.9
20
34
10

G-2
2
7/ 8
7/

2
7/ 8
7/ 8

G-2
2
7/ 8
7/

G-2
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-4

Half
6,319
12.6
28
52
14

G-2.5/G-2

Quarter

28
52
28

28
59
7

Half
7,170
14.3
28
59
14

2
2
7/
15/8
8
7
3
1 /8
/8
C-15 G-2.5/G-2

28
59
28

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

G-2.5/G-2

G-2.5/G-2

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6

1
11/8
7/
8
G-6

1
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
11/8
7/
8
G-6

1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/ 8
1 1/ 8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
11/8
7/ 8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
1 1/ 8
7/ 8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
11/8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
11/8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12

2
11/8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6

2
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
15/8
13/8
C-15

1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

7/8
7/
8

Full

2
11/8
7/
8
G-6

1
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
11/8
7/
8
G-6

14
Full

7/8
7/
8

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary,


replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and field-installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

67

Physical data (cont)


DIRECT-EXPANSION CIRCUITING DATA (cont)
LARGE FACE AREA COILS (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)

Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size

17
Half

30
65
15

21

Full Double
8,464
16.9

30
65
30

30
65
60

Half

38
65
19

25

Full Double
10,720
21.4

38
65
38

38
65
76

Half

38
72
19

30

Full Double
12,205
24.4

38
72
38

38
72
76

38
92
19

36

40

Full Double Full Double


15,174
18,333
30.3
36.7

38
92
38

38
92
76

44
96
44

44
96
88

50

61

Full

Double
Full
Double
Full
Double
20,000
25,278
30,694
40.0
50.6
61.4
Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower
24
96
24

24
96
24

24
96
48

24
96
48

28
104
28

28
104
28

28
104
56

28
104
56

34
104
34

34
104
34

34
104
68

34
104
68

2
2
15/ 8
11/ 8
7/
13/ 8
8
G-8/G-6 C-15

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
1
1 /8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
1
1 /8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
1
1 /8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

2
2
13/8 13/8
3
1 /8 13/8
C-12 C-12

2
2
15/8 15/8
3
1 /8 13/8
C-15 C-15

2
2
15/ 8 15/ 8
3
1 / 8 13/ 8
C-17 C-17

2
2
15/ 8
11/ 8
7/
13/ 8
8
G-8/G-6 C-15

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

2
2
13/8 13/8
13/8 13/8
C-12 C-12

2
2
15/8 15/8
13/8 13/8
C-15 C-15

2
2
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8 13/ 8
C-17 C-17

1
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-15

2
2
15/ 8
11 / 8
7/
13/ 8
8
G-8/G-6 C-15

2
2
13/ 8
15/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
13/ 8
15/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
13/ 8
15/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

2
2
13/8 13/8
13/8 13/8
C-12 C-12

2
2
15/8 15/8
13/8 13/8
C-15 C-15

2
2
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8 13/ 8
C-17 C-17

2
2
15/ 8
11/ 8
7/
13/ 8
8
G-8/G-6 C-15

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

2
2
15/ 8
13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8
E-10/E-8 C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

2
2
13/8 13/8
13/8 13/8
C-12 C-12

2
2
15/8 15/8
13/8 13/8
C-15 C-15

2
2
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8 13/ 8
C-17 C-17

1
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-15

2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
4
8
2
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8
15/8 15/8 13/8 13/8
11 / 8
3/
3/
1/
3/
3/
1/
3/
3/
1/
3/
3/
1/
1/
7/
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
G-8/G-6 C-15 C-15 E-10/E-8 C-20 C-20 E-10/E-8 C-20 C-20 E-10/E-8 C-20 C-20 E-12 E-12

2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8
13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8
C-12 C-12 C-12 C-12 C-15 C-15 C-15 C-15 C-17 C-17 C-17 C-17

2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
4
8
2
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8
15/ 8 15/ 8
13/ 8
15/8 15/8 13/8 13/8
11/ 8
7/
13/ 8 13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8 13/ 8
11/ 8
13/ 8 13/ 8
11/ 8
13/8 13/8 11/8 11/8
8
G-8/G-6 C-15 C-15 E-10/E-8 C-20 C-20 E-10/E-8 C-20 C-20 E-10/E-8 C-20 C-20 E-12 E-12

2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8
13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8
C-12 C-12 C-12 C-12 C-15 C-15 C-15 C-15 C-17 C-17 C-17 C-17

1
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-15

LEGEND
TXV Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.

68

Half

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary,


replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and field-installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

DIRECT-EXPANSION CIRCUITING DATA (cont)


LARGE FACE AREA COILS (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE

72

CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Upper
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size

85

Full

Double
36,224
72.4
Lower
Upper

96

Full

Double
46,656
85.3
Lower
Upper

110

Full

Double
48,125
96.3
Lower
Upper

Full

Double
55,000
110.0
Lower
Upper
Lower

Lower

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

Upper

38
107
38

40
107
40

38
107
76

40
107
80

38
126
38

40
126
40

38
126
76

40
126
80

44
126
44

44
126
44

44
126
88

44
126
88

44
144
44

44
144
44

44
144
88

44
144
88

2
15/8
13/8
C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-10

2
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

4
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
15/8
13/8
C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-10

2
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

4
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
15/8
13/8
C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-10

2
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

4
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
15/8
13/8
C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-10

2
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

4
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
15/8
13/8
C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-10

4
15/8
13/8
C-20

8
13/8
11/8
E-10

2
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

4
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

8
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

8
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

8
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

2
15/8
13/8
C-20

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-10

4
15/8
13/8
C-20

8
13/8
11/8
E-10

2
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

4
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
15/ 8
13/ 8
C-20

8
13/8
11/8
E-10

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

8
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

4
13/8
11/8
E-12

8
13/ 8
11/ 8
E-12

8
13/8
11/8
E-12

LEGEND
TXV Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary,


replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and field-installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

69

Physical data (cont)


COIL DATA
39M UNIT SIZE
1/

CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION


Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

2-in.

1,736

2,951

3,819

4,965

6,319

7,170

8,464

10,720

12,205

Lower Coil Height (in.)

25

25

27.5

27.5

35

35

37.5

47.5

47.5

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

3.5

5.9

7.6

9.9

12.6

14.3

16.9

21.4

24.4
10,278

Medium Face Area


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

1,215

2,066

2,778

3,611

4,965

6,146

6,771

9,028

Lower Coil Height (in.)

17.5

17.5

20

20

27.5

30

30

40

40

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

2.4

4.1

5.6

7.2

9.9

12.3

13.5

18.1

20.6
8,993

Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

1,042

1,771

2,431

3,160

4,514

5,122

6,207

7,899

Lower Coil Height (in.)

15

15

17.5

17.5

25

25

27.5

35

35

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

2.1

3.5

4.9

6.3

9.0

10.2

12.4

15.8

18.0

1/2-in.

HOT WATER HEATING


Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

2,431

4,132

5,347

6,951

8,847

10,038

11,849

15,009

17,087

Lower Coil Height (in.)

25

25

27.5

27.5

35

35

37.5

47.5

47.5

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

3.5

5.9

7.6

9.9

12.6

14.3

16.9

21.4

24.4
14,389

Medium Face Area


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

1,701

2,892

3,889

5,056

6,951

8,604

9,479

12,639

Lower Coil Height (in.)

17.5

17.5

20

20

27.5

30

30

40

40

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

2.4

4.1

5.6

7.2

9.9

12.3

13.5

18.1

20.6

Small Face Area


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

2,479

2,917

3,792

4,424

5,019

6,319

7,109

8,094

Height (in.)

15

15

15

17.5

17.5

20

22.5

22.5

Length (in.)

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

3.5

4.2

5.4

6.3

7.2

9.0

10.2

11.6
12,590

Bypass Face Area (Internal)


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

1,458

2,479

3,403

4,424

6,319

7,170

8,689

11,059

Lower Coil Height (in.)

15

15

17.5

17.5

25

25

27.5

35

35

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

2.1

3.5

4.9

6.3

9.0

10.2

12.4

15.8

18.0

16,188

5/8-in.

STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

2,333

3,967

5,250

6,825

8,342

9,465

11,375

14,219

Lower Coil Height (in.)

24

24

27

27

33

33

36

45

45

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

3.3

5.7

7.5

9.8

11.9

13.5

16.3

20.3

23.1
14,029

Medium Face Area


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

1,458

2,479

3,500

4,550

6,825

8,604

9,479

12,323

Lower Coil Height (in.)

15

15

18

18

27

30

30

39

39

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

2.1

3.5

5.0

6.5

9.8

12.3

13.5

17.6

20.0

Small Face Area


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

2,479

2,917

3,792

3,792

4,302

5,688

6,635

7,554

Height (in.)

15

15

15

15

15

18

21

21

Length (in.)

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

3.5

4.2

5.4

5.4

6.1

8.1

9.5

10.8

Bypass Face Area (Internal)


Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

70

1,458

2,479

2,917

3,792

6,067

6,883

8,531

10,427

11,871

Height (in.)

15

15

15

15

24

24

27

33

33

Length (in.)

20

34

40

52

52

59

65

65

74

Total Face Area (sq ft)

2.1

3.5

4.2

5.4

8.7

9.8

12.2

14.9

17.0

COIL DATA (cont)


39M UNIT SIZE
1/

CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION


Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

55,000

2-in.

15,174

18,333

20,000

25,278

30,694

36,224

42,656

48,125

Lower Coil Height (in.)

47.5

55

30

35

42.5

50

50

55

55

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

30

35

42.5

47.5

47.5

55

55

Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

92

96

96

104

104

107

126

126

144

30.3

36.7

40.0

50.6

61.4

72.4

85.3

96.3

110.0

12,778

15,000

18,333

19,861

25,278

29,722

35,000

39,375

45,000

Lower Coil Height (in.)

40

45

55

55

35

40

40

45

45

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

35

40

40

45

45

Length (in.)

92

96

96

104

104

107

126

126

144

25.6

30.0

36.7

39.7

50.6

59.4

70.0

78.8

90.0

Total Face Area (sq ft)


Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

11,181

12,500

15,000

16,250

19,861

23,220

27,344

30,625

35,000

Lower Coil Height (in.)

35

37.5

45

45

55

32.5

32.5

35

35

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

30

35

35

Length (in.)

92

96

96

104

104

107

126

126

144

22.4

25.0

30.0

32.5

39.7

46.4

54.7

61.3

70.0

77,000

Total Face Area (sq ft)


1/2-in.

HOT WATER HEATING


Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

21,243

25,667

28,000

35,389

42,972

50,714

59,719

67,375

Lower Coil Height (in.)

47.5

55

30

35

42.5

50

50

55

55

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

30

35

42.5

47.5

47.5

55

55

Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

92

96

96

104

104

107

126

126

144

30.3

36.7

40.0

50.6

61.4

72.4

85.3

96.3

110.0

17,889

21,000

25,667

27,806

35,389

41,611

49,000

55,125

63,000

Lower Coil Height (in.)

40

45

55

55

35

40

40

45

45

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

35

40

40

45

45

Length (in.)

92

96

96

104

104

107

126

126

144

25.6

30.0

36.7

39.7

50.6

59.4

70.0

78.8

90.0

Total Face Area (sq ft)


Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

10,063

14,000

14,000

17,694

21,486

Height (in.)

22.5

30

30

35

42.5

Length (in.)

92

96

96

104

104

14.4

20.0

20.0

25.3

30.7

Total Face Area (sq ft)


Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

15,653

17,500

21,000

22,750

27,806

32,509

38,281

42,875

49,000

Lower Coil Height (in.)

35

37.5

45

45

55

32.5

32.5

35

35

Upper Coil Height (in.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

30

35

35

Length (in.)

92

96

96

104

104

107

126

126

144

22.4

25.0

30.0

32.5

39.7

46.4

54.7

61.3

70.0

Total Face Area (sq ft)

71

Physical data (cont)


COIL DATA (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
5/ -in. CHILLED WATER
8
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1-in. STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
8
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)

72

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

1,667
24
N/A
20
3.3

2,833
24
N/A
34
5.7

3,750
27
N/A
40
7.5

4,875
27
N/A
52
9.8

5,958
33
N/A
52
11.9

6,760
33
N/A
59
13.5

8,125
36
N/A
65
16.3

10,156
45
N/A
65
20.3

11,563
45
N/A
74
23.1

1,042
15
N/A
20
2.1

1,771
15
N/A
34
3.5

2,500
18
N/A
40
5.0

3,250
18
N/A
52
6.5

4,875
27
N/A
52
9.8

6,146
30
N/A
59
12.3

6,771
30
N/A
65
13.5

8,802
39
N/A
65
17.6

10,021
39
N/A
74
20.0

1,042
15
N/A
20
2.1

1,771
15
N/A
34
3.5

2,083
15
N/A
40
4.2

2,708
15
N/A
52
5.4

4,333
24
N/A
52
8.7

4,917
24
N/A
59
9.8

6,094
27
N/A
65
12.2

7,448
33
N/A
65
14.9

8,479
33
N/A
74
17.0

2,333
24
N/A
20
3.3

3,967
24
N/A
34
5.7

5,250
27
N/A
40
7.5

6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8

8,342
33
N/A
52
11.9

9,465
33
N/A
59
13.5

11,375
36
N/A
65
16.3

14,219
45
N/A
65
20.3

16,188
45
N/A
74
23.1

1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1

2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5

3,500
18
N/A
40
5.0

4,550
18
N/A
52
6.5

6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8

8,604
30
N/A
59
12.3

9,479
30
N/A
65
13.5

12,323
39
N/A
65
17.6

14,029
39
N/A
74
20.0

2,479
15
34
3.5

2,917
15
40
4.2

3,792
15
52
5.4

3,792
15
52
5.4

4,302
15
59
6.1

5,688
18
65
8.1

6,635
21
65
9.5

7,554
21
74
10.8

1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1

2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5

2,917
15
N/A
40
4.2

3,792
15
N/A
52
5.4

6,067
24
N/A
52
8.7

6,883
24
N/A
59
9.8

8,531
27
N/A
65
12.2

10,427
33
N/A
65
14.9

11,871
33
N/A
74
17.0

2,333
24
N/A
20
3.3

3,967
24
N/A
34
5.7

5,250
27
N/A
40
7.5

6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8

8,342
33
N/A
52
11.9

9,465
33
N/A
59
13.5

11,375
36
N/A
65
16.3

14,219
45
N/A
65
20.3

16,188
45
N/A
74
23.1

1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1

2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5

3,500
18
N/A
40
5.0

4,550
18
N/A
52
6.5

6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8

8,604
30
N/A
59
12.3

9,479
30
N/A
65
13.5

12,323
39
N/A
65
17.6

14,029
39
N/A
74
20.0

2,479
15
34
3.5

2,917
15
40
4.2

3,792
15
52
5.4

3,792
15
52
5.4

4,302
15
59
6.1

5,688
18
65
8.1

6,635
21
65
9.5

7,554
21
74
10.8

1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1

2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5

2,917
15
N/A
40
4.2

3,792
15
N/A
52
5.4

6,067
24
N/A
52
8.7

6,883
24
N/A
59
9.8

8,531
27
N/A
65
12.2

10,427
33
N/A
65
14.9

11,871
33
N/A
74
17.0

3,000
22.9
24
3.3

4,000
30.6
30
5.7

5,000
30.6
39
7.4

6,000
30.6
39
7.4

7,000
30.6
45
8.5

8,500
24
59.4
9.2

10,500
33
59.4
12.6

12,500
33
59.4
12.6

3,000
22.88
24
3.3

4,000
30.56
30
5.7

5,000
30.56
39
7.4

6,000
30.56
39
7.4

7,000
30.56
45
8.5

8,500
24
59.38
9.2

10,500
33
59.38
12.6

12,500
33
59.38
12.6

COIL DATA (cont)


39M UNIT SIZE
5/ -in. CHILLED WATER
8
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1-in. STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
8
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

14,375
45
N/A
92
28.8

18,000
54
N/A
96
36.0

20,000
30
30
96
40.0

24,917
36
33
104
49.8

30,333
42
42
104
60.7

35,667
48
48
107
71.3

42,000
48
48
126
84.0

47,250
54
54
126
94.5

54,000
54
54
144
108.0

12,458
39
N/A
92
24.9

15,000
45
N/A
96
30.0

18,000
54
N/A
96
36.0

19,500
54
N/A
104
39.0

24,917
36
33
104
49.8

28,979
39
39
107
58.0

34,125
39
39
126
68.3

38,063
45
42
126
76.1

43,500
45
42
144
87.0

10,542
33
N/A
92
21.1

12,000
36
N/A
96
24.0

15,000
45
N/A
96
30.0

16,250
45
N/A
104
32.5

19,500
54
N/A
104
39.0

23,406
33
30
107
46.8

27,563
33
30
126
55.1

31,500
36
36
126
63.0

36,000
36
36
144
72.0

20,125
45
N/A
92
28.8

25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0

28,000
30
30
96
40.0

34,883
36
33
104
49.8

42,467
42
42
104
60.7

49,933
48
48
107
71.3

58,800
48
48
126
84.0

66,150
54
54
126
94.5

75,600
54
54
144
108.0

17,442
39
N/A
92
24.9

21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0

25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0

27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0

34,883
36
33
104
49.8

40,571
39
39
107
58.0

47,775
39
39
126
68.3

53,288
45
42
126
76.1

60,900
45
42
144
87.0

9,392
21
92
13.4

14,000
30
96
20.0

14,000
30
96
20.0

16,683
33
104
23.8

21,233
42
104
30.3

14,758
33
N/A
92
21.1

16,800
36
N/A
96
24.0

21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0

22,750
45
N/A
104
32.5

27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0

32,769
33
30
107
46.8

38,588
33
30
126
55.1

44,100
36
36
126
63.0

50,400
36
36
144
72.0

20,125
45
N/A
92
28.8

25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0

28,000
30
30
96
40.0

34,883
36
33
104
49.8

42,467
42
42
104
60.7

49,933
48
48
107
71.3

58,800
48
48
126
84.0

66,150
54
54
126
94.5

75,600
54
54
144
108.0

17,442
39
N/A
92
24.9

21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0

25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0

27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0

34,883
36
33
104
49.8

40,571
39
39
107
58.0

47,775
39
39
126
68.3

53,288
45
42
126
76.1

60,900
45
42
144
87.0

9,392
21
92
13.4

14,000
30
96
20.0

14,000
30
96
20.0

16,683
33
104
23.8

21,233
42
104
30.3

14,758
33
N/A
92
21.1

16,800
36
N/A
96
24.0

21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0

22,750
45
N/A
104
32.5

27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0

32,769
33
30
107
46.8

38,588
33
30
126
55.1

44,100
36
36
126
63.0

50,400
36
36
144
72.0

15,000
33
81.4
17.6

18,000
45
81.4
24.1

20,000
51
81.4
27.3

25,000
60
92.4
36.7

30,500
75
92.4
45.8

36,000
87
92.4
53.2

42,500
87
114.4
66.5

48,000
96
114.4
73.3

55,000
96
136.4
88.0

15,000
33
81.4
17.6

18,000
45
81.4
24.1

20,000
51
81.4
27.3

25,000
60
92.4
36.7

30,500
75
92.4
45.8

36,000
87
92.4
53.2

42,500
87
114.4
66.5

48,000
96
114.4
73.3

55,000
96
136.4
88.0

73

Physical data (cont)


1/2-in.

FACE
AREA

ROWS
1, 2
4

LARGE
6, 8, 10
1, 2
4
MEDIUM
6, 8, 10
1, 2
BYPASS

4
6, 8, 10
1, 2

SMALL

WATER COIL CONNECTION SIZES

CIRCUIT
TYPE

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE

1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
2.5
2.5 (2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 (2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 (2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 (2)1.5
2.5
2.5
3
(2)1.5
3
3
3
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

50

61

72

85

96

110

(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5

(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5

(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5

(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5

(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5

(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5

NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 size units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
5/

8-in.

FACE
AREA

ROWS
1

LARGE

2,4
6, 8
1

MEDIUM

2,4
6, 8
1

BYPASS

2,4
6, 8
1

SMALL

WATER COIL CONNECTION SIZES

CIRCUIT
TYPE

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL

1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5

1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2

2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2
2
2
(2)1.5
2
2
2
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2
3
3
3
(2)2
3
3
3
(2)2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2

NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 size units have 2 sets of water coil connections.

74

50

61

72

85

96

110

(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
2

(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2

(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3

(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3

(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3

(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3

1-in. STEAM COIL CONNECTION SIZES


FACE
AREA

ROWS

CONNECTION

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

ALL*

ALL

INLET
OUTLET

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
21

50

61

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

72

85

96

110

(2)2.5 (2)2.5 (2)2.5 (2)2.5


(2)2.5 (2)2.5 (2)2.5 (2)2.5

*Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of steam coil connections.

5/

8-in.

ROWS

FACE
AREA

STEAM COIL CONNECTION SIZES

CONNECTION

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

LARGE
MEDIUM
1
BYPASS
SMALL
LARGE
MEDIUM
2
BYPASS
SMALL

39M UNIT SIZE


21
25
30
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
2.5

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

3
3

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

2.5
2.5

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS COIL CONNECTION SIZES


39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS

CONNECTION

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

Nozzle Size (in. MPT)


1

INLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

OUTLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

INLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

OUTLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

INLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

OUTLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

72

85

96

110

STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS COIL CONNECTION SIZES


39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS

CONNECTION

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

Nozzle Size (in. MPT)


1

INLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

OUTLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

INLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

OUTLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

INLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

OUTLET

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

75

Physical data (cont)


OPERATING CHARGE (Approximate) DIRECT-EXPANSION COIL
ROWS

4
6
8

CONNECTION

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

Large
Medium
Large
Medium
Large
Medium

1
1
2
2
3
2

3
2
4
3
6
5

4
3
6
4
8
6

4
3
7
5
10
8

5
4
9
7
12
9

6
5
10
8
15
11

7
6
12
9
18
13

39M UNIT SIZE


21
25
30
36
Refrigerant R-410A or R-22 (lb)
9
11
13
16
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
11
14
16
20
22
26
31
37
16
20
23
28

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

18
13
29
22
42
31

22
17
37
27
52
39

27
20
45
33
63
48

32
24
53
39
75
56

37
28
62
47
88
66

42
32
70
53
100
75

48
36
80
60
114
86

COIL VOLUME (Gal. Water)


39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
Medium Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
Small Face Area
4-Row
Bypass Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
HOT WATER
Large Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Medium Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Small Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Integral Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
3-Row

03

06

08

10

12

14

17

21

25

30

36

40

50

61

72

85

96

110

1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4

2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5

2.8
4.3
5.7
7.1

3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1

4.7
7.0
9.3
11.6

5.3
7.9
10.5
13.1

6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5

7.8
11.8
15.7
19.6

8.9
13.3
17.8
22.2

11.0
16.5
22.0
27.5

13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2

14.5
21.7
29.0
36.2

18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7

22.2
33.3
44.4
55.5

26.2
39.3
52.3
65.4

30.7
46.1
61.5
76.8

34.7
52.0
69.3
86.7

39.6
59.3
79.1
98.9

0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4

1.5
2.3
3.1
3.9

2.1
3.1
4.1
5.2

2.7
4.0
5.3
6.6

3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1

4.5
6.8
9.0
11.3

4.9
7.4
9.9
12.4

6.6
9.9
13.2
16.5

7.5
11.2
15.0
18.7

9.3
13.9
18.5
23.1

10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1

13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2

14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9

18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7

21.5
32.2
42.9
53.7

25.2
37.8
50.4
63.0

28.4
42.6
56.7
70.9

32.4
48.5
64.7
80.9

1.3

1.5

2.0

2.3

2.6

3.3

3.7

4.2

5.2

7.2

7.2

9.1

11.1

0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0

1.3
2.0
2.7
3.3

1.8
2.7
3.6
4.5

2.3
3.5
4.7
5.8

3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3

3.8
5.6
7.5
9.4

4.5
6.8
9.1
11.3

5.8
8.7
11.5
14.4

6.5
9.8
13.1
16.4

8.1
12.2
16.2
20.3

9.0
13.6
18.1
22.6

10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1

11.7
17.6
23.5
29.4

14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9

16.8
25.2
33.6
41.9

19.7
29.6
39.4
49.3

22.1
33.1
44.1
55.2

25.2
37.8
50.3
62.9

0.3
0.7

0.6
1.1

0.7
1.4

0.9
1.8

1.2
2.3

1.3
2.6

1.5
3.1

2.0
3.9

2.2
4.4

2.7
5.5

3.3
6.6

3.6
7.2

4.6
9.1

5.5
11.1

6.5
13.1

7.7
15.4

8.7
17.3

9.9
19.8

0.2
0.5

0.4
0.8

0.5
1.0

0.7
1.3

0.9
1.8

1.1
2.3

1.2
2.5

1.6
3.3

1.9
3.7

2.3
4.6

2.7
5.4

3.3
6.6

3.6
7.2

4.6
9.1

5.4
10.7

6.3
12.6

7.1
14.2

8.1
16.2

0.3
0.7

0.4
0.8

0.5
1.0

0.6
1.2

0.7
1.3

0.8
1.6

0.9
1.9

1.1
2.1

1.3
2.6

1.8
3.6

1.8
3.6

2.3
4.6

2.8
5.5

0.2
0.4

0.3
0.7

0.5
0.9

0.6
1.2

0.8
1.7

0.9
1.9

1.1
2.3

1.4
2.9

1.6
3.3

2.0
4.1

2.3
4.5

2.7
5.4

2.9
5.9

3.6
7.2

4.2
8.4

4.9
9.9

5.5
11.0

6.3
12.6

0.3
0.6
0.8

0.5
0.9
1.4

0.6
1.2
1.8

0.6
1.2
1.8

0.7
1.4
2.0

0.6
1.2
1.9

0.8
1.7
2.5

0.8
1.7
2.5

1.2
2.3
3.5

1.6
3.2
4.7

1.8
3.6
5.3

2.4
4.8
7.1

3.0
5.9
8.9

3.4
6.8
10.3

4.3
8.5
12.8

4.7
9.4
14.1

5.6
11.3
16.9

NOTE: One gallon of water weighs 8.33 lb.

76

DRY COIL WEIGHTS (lb)


COIL
TYPE

FACE
AREA

ROWS
4
6

LARGE
8
10
4
6
CHILLED
WATER OR
DIRECT
EXPANSION

MEDIUM
8
10
SMALL

4
4
6

BYPASS
8
10
1
LARGE

2
4
1

MEDIUM

2
4

HOT WATER
1
SMALL

2
4
1

BYPASS

2
4

LARGE

MEDIUM
1-in. IDT
STEAM

1
SMALL

BYPASS

FPI
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12

03
50
52
54
70
73
76
90
94
98
107
111
116
35
36
38
49
51
53
63
66
68
75
78
81

30
31
33
42
44
46
54
56
59
64
67
69
17
17
18
23
24
25
50
52
54
12
12
13
16
17
18
35
36
38

10
10
11
14
15
15
30
31
33
23
24
25
16
17
18

14
15
15

06
85
89
92
120
124
129
154
160
166
182
190
197
60
62
64
83
87
90
107
112
116
127
132
138
51
53
55
51
53
55
71
74
77
92
96
99
109
113
118
28
30
31
40
41
43
85
89
92
20
21
21
28
29
30
60
62
64
17
18
18
24
25
26
51
53
55
17
18
18
24
25
26
51
53
55
40
41
43
28
29
30
24
25
26
24
25
26

08
110
115
119
154
160
167
198
206
215
235
244
254
80
83
87
112
117
121
144
150
156
171
178
185
60
63
65
70
73
76
98
102
106
126
131
137
149
156
162
37
38
40
51
53
56
110
115
119
27
28
29
37
39
40
80
83
87
20
21
22
28
29
30
60
63
65
23
24
25
33
34
35
70
73
76
51
53
56
37
39
40
28
29
30
33
34
35

10
143
149
155
200
209
217
258
268
279
305
318
331
104
108
113
146
152
158
187
195
203
222
231
240
78
81
85
91
95
99
127
133
138
164
171
177
194
202
210
48
50
52
67
70
72
143
149
155
35
36
38
49
51
53
104
108
113
26
27
28
36
38
39
78
81
85
30
32
33
42
44
46
91
95
99
67
70
72
49
51
53
36
38
39
42
44
46

LEGEND
FPI Fins Per Inch
IDT Inner Distributing Tube
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
2. Coils are full length.

12
182
190
197
255
265
276
328
341
355
388
404
421
143
149
155
200
209
217
257
268
279
305
318
330
91
95
99
130
135
141
182
190
197
234
244
254
277
289
300
61
63
66
85
88
92
182
190
197
48
50
52
67
70
72
143
149
155
30
32
33
42
44
46
91
95
99
43
45
47
61
63
66
130
135
141
85
88
92
67
70
72
42
44
46
61
63
66

14
207
215
224
289
301
313
372
387
403
441
459
477
177
184
192
248
258
268
319
332
345
378
393
409
103
108
112
148
154
160
207
215
224
266
277
288
315
328
341
69
72
75
96
100
104
207
215
224
59
61
64
83
86
89
177
184
192
34
36
37
48
50
52
103
108
112
49
51
53
69
72
75
148
154
160
96
100
104
83
86
89
48
50
52
69
72
75

17
244
254
264
341
355
370
439
457
475
520
542
563
195
203
211
273
284
296
351
366
380
416
433
451
130
135
141
179
186
194
250
261
271
322
335
349
381
397
413
81
85
88
114
118
123
244
254
264
65
68
70
91
95
99
195
203
211
43
45
47
61
63
66
130
135
141
60
62
65
83
87
90
179
186
194
114
118
123
91
95
99
61
63
66
83
87
90

21
309
322
335
432
450
468
556
579
602
659
686
714
260
271
282
364
379
394
468
488
507
555
578
601
146
152
158
228
237
246
319
332
345
410
427
444
485
506
526
103
107
112
144
150
156
309
322
335
87
90
94
121
126
131
260
271
282
49
51
53
68
71
74
146
152
158
76
79
82
106
111
115
228
237
246
144
150
156
121
126
131
68
71
74
106
111
115

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
353
437
367
455
382
473
494
612
514
637
535
663
635
787
661
819
688
852
753
932
784
971
815
1010
296
368
308
383
321
399
414
515
432
537
449
558
533
662
555
690
577
718
631
785
658
818
684
850
167
207
173
216
180
224
259
322
270
335
281
349
363
451
378
470
393
488
466
580
486
604
505
628
553
687
576
716
599
744
118
146
122
152
127
158
165
204
171
212
178
221
353
437
367
455
382
473
99
123
103
128
107
133
138
172
144
179
150
186
296
368
308
383
321
399
56
69
58
72
60
75
78
97
81
101
84
105
167
207
173
216
180
224
86
107
90
112
94
116
121
150
126
157
131
163
259
322
270
335
281
349
165
204
171
212
178
221
138
172
144
179
150
186
78
97
81
101
84
105
121
150
126
157
131
163

36
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
288
300
312
360
375
390
504
525
546
648
675
702
768
800
832
176
183
191
246
257
267
528
550
572
144
150
156
202
210
218
432
450
468
96
100
104
134
140
146
288
300
312
120
125
130
168
175
182
360
375
390
246
257
267
202
210
218
134
140
146
168
175
182

40
576
600
624
806
840
874
1037
1080
1123
1229
1280
1331
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
288
300
312
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
192
200
208
269
280
291
576
600
624
176
183
191
246
257
267
528
550
572
96
100
104
134
140
146
288
300
312
144
150
156
202
210
218
432
450
468
269
280
291
246
257
267
134
140
146
202
210
218

50
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
364
379
394
468
488
507
655
683
710
842
878
913
998
1040
1082
243
253
263
340
354
368
728
758
789
191
199
207
267
278
289
572
596
620
121
126
131
170
177
184
364
379
394
156
163
169
218
228
237
468
488
507
340
354
368
267
278
289
170
177
184
218
228
237

61
884
921
958
1238
1289
1341
1591
1658
1724
1886
1964
2043
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
442
460
479
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
295
307
319
413
430
447
884
921
958
243
253
263
340
354
368
728
758
789
147
153
160
206
215
223
442
460
479
191
199
207
267
278
289
572
596
620
413
430
447
340
354
368
206
215
223
267
278
289

72
1043
1087
1130
1461
1521
1582
1878
1956
2034
2226
2318
2411
856
892
927
1198
1248
1298
1541
1605
1669
1826
1902
1978

669
697
724
936
975
1014
1204
1254
1304
1427
1486
1546
348
362
377
487
507
527
1043
1087
1130
285
297
309
399
416
433
856
892
927

223
232
241
312
325
338
669
697
724
487
507
527
399
416
433

312
325
338

85
1229
1280
1331
1720
1792
1863
2211
2303
2396
2621
2730
2839
1008
1050
1092
1411
1470
1529
1814
1890
1966
2150
2240
2330

788
820
853
1103
1148
1194
1418
1477
1536
1680
1750
1820
410
427
444
573
597
621
1229
1280
1331
336
350
364
470
490
510
1008
1050
1092

263
273
284
368
383
398
788
820
853
573
597
621
470
490
510

368
383
398

96
1386
1444
1502
1940
2021
2102
2495
2599
2703
2957
3080
3203
1134
1181
1229
1588
1654
1720
2041
2126
2211
2419
2520
2621

882
919
956
1235
1286
1338
1588
1654
1720
1882
1960
2038
462
481
501
647
674
701
1386
1444
1502
378
394
410
529
551
573
1134
1181
1229

294
306
319
412
429
446
882
919
956
647
674
701
529
551
573

412
429
446

110
1584
1650
1716
2218
2310
2402
2851
2970
3089
3379
3520
3661
1296
1350
1404
1814
1890
1966
2333
2430
2527
2765
2880
2995

1008
1050
1092
1411
1470
1529
1814
1890
1966
2150
2240
2330
528
550
572
739
770
801
1584
1650
1716
432
450
468
605
630
655
1296
1350
1404

336
350
364
470
490
510
1008
1050
1092
739
770
801
605
630
655

470
490
510

3. Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by
1.15.
5. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by
1.15.
6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by
1.50.

77

Physical data (cont)


DRY COIL WEIGHTS (lb) (cont)
COIL TYPE

FACE
AREA

ROWS
1

LARGE
2
1
MEDIUM
2
5/8-IN. IDT
STEAM
1
SMALL
2
1
BYPASS
2
1
HOT WATER
OR STEAM

INTEGRAL
FACE
AND
BYPASS

2
3

FPI

03
19
19
20
23
24
25
13
14
14
16
17
18

11
12
12
14
15
15

6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12

06
32
33
35
40
41
43
22
23
24
28
29
30
19
20
21
24
25
26
19
20
21
24
25
26
146
152
158
152
158
164
158
165
172

08
41
43
44
51
53
56
30
31
32
37
39
40
22
23
24
28
29
30
26
27
28
33
34
35
192
200
208
202
210
218
212
221
230

10
53
56
58
67
70
72
39
40
42
49
51
53
29
30
32
36
38
39
34
35
37
42
44
46
224
233
242
237
247
257
251
261
271

12
68
71
74
85
88
92
53
56
58
67
70
72
34
35
37
42
44
46
49
51
53
61
63
66
224
233
242
237
247
257
251
261
271

14
77
80
84
96
100
104
66
69
72
83
86
89
39
40
42
48
50
52
55
57
60
69
72
75
239
249
259
254
265
276
269
280
291

17
91
95
99
114
118
123
73
76
79
91
95
99
49
51
53
61
63
66
67
70
72
83
87
90
507
528
550
536
559
582
585
610
635

21
115
120
125
144
150
156
97
101
105
121
126
131
55
57
59
68
71
74
85
88
92
106
111
115
587
612
637
630
657
684
695
724
754

LEGEND
FPI Fins Per Inch
IDT Inner Distributing Tube

3.
4.

NOTES:
1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
2. Coils are full length.

6.

5.

39M UNIT SIZE


25
30
132

137

143

165

171

178

111

115

120

138

144

150

62

65

67

78

81

84

97

101

105

121

126

131

587
749
612
780
637
813
630
810
657
844
684
879
695
899
724
936
754
975

36

853
889
926
935
974
1015
1044
1088
1133

40

906
944
983
997
1039
1082
1117
1164
1212

50

1064
1108
1154
1180
1229
1280
1327
1382
1440

61

1181
1230
1281
1320
1375
1432
1491
1553
1618

72

1356
1412
1471
1530
1594
1660
1736
1809
1884

85

1628
1695
1766
1846
1923
2003
2102
2190
2281

96

1699
1769
1843
1931
2011
2095
2202
2293
2389

110

1983
2066
2152
2262
2356
2454
2586
2694
2806

Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by
1.15.
Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply
by 1.15.
Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply
by 1.50.

MOTOR WEIGHTS (lb)


HP
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150

LEGEND
ODP Open Drip Proof
TEFC Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

78

200/400-3-50*

230/460-3-60
ODP
40
46
54
87
94
130
126
217
250
309
300
415
414
652**
706**
782**
1000**
1318**

TEFC
68
66
66
92
99
158
200
259
290
358
436
661
686
799
850**
1475**
1600**
1773**

ODP
29
36
41
73
102
121
139
170
205
273
283
416
403
545
651
1133
1210

575-3-60
TEFC
34
41
47
62
72
105
128
210
254
363
414
470
527
790
884
1450
1625

ODP
37
48
50
70
88
89
119
170
212
240
284
370
440
591
670
750
950

TEFC
60/68
60/66
65/66
87
89/99
142/158
154/200
250/259
287/290
394/368
436/436
661/661
686/686
799
850
1008
1714

*Both ODP and TEFC 50 Hz motors available in standard models only.


Availability unconfirmed.
**460 volt only.
NOTE: Multiply motor weight by 0.10 to estimate drive weight.

ELECTRICAL DATA - PREMIUM EFFICIENCY EISA COMPLIANT MOTORS


ODP T-FRAME MOTORS - 1800 RPM
MOTOR
HP
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150

FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz


VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.1
2.8
1.4
1.1
4.6
4.2
2.1
1.7
6.1
5.6
2.8
2.2
8.6
7.8
3.9
3.1
14.3
13.0
6.5
5.2
20.8
18.8
9.4
7.5
27.3
24.7
12.4
9.9
39.8
36.0
18.0
14.4
53.1
48.0
24.0
19.2
65.5
59.3
29.6
23.7
77.8
70.4
35.2
28.2
103.8
93.8
46.9
37.5
128.6
116.3
58.2
46.5
152.7
138.1
69.1
55.2
190.9
172.6
86.3
69.1
252.4
228.3
114.1
91.3

142.7
114.1

169.8
135.8

ODP T-FRAME MOTORS - 3600 RPM

EFF.
(%)

NEMA
FRAME

MOTOR
HP

85.5
86.5
86.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.1
94.5
95.0
95.0
95.4
95.4
95.8

143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T

1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150

TEFC T-FRAME MOTORS - 1800 RPM


MOTOR
HP
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150

FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 HZ


VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.1
2.8
1.4
1.1
4.6
4.2
2.1
1.7
6.1
5.6
2.8
2.2
8.6
7.8
3.9
3.1
14.3
13.0
6.5
5.2
20.5
18.5
9.3
7.4
27.3
24.7
12.4
9.9
40.4
36.5
18.2
14.6
53.1
48.0
24.0
19.2
65.5
59.3
29.6
23.7
78.7
71.1
35.6
28.5
103.8
93.8
46.9
37.5
128.6
116.3
58.2
46.5
152.7
138.1
69.1
55.2
189.3
171.2
85.6
68.5
252.4
228.3
114.1
91.3

142.7
114.1

169.8
135.8
LEGEND

EFF. Efficiency
EISA Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007
FLA Full Load Amps
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
ODP Open Drip Proof
TEFC Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz


VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.9
3.5
1.8
1.4
4.9
4.4
2.2
1.8
6.3
5.7
2.8
2.3
9.4
8.5
4.3
3.4
15.4
13.9
6.9
5.6
22.0
19.9
9.9
8.0
28.7
25.9
13.0
10.4
42.4
38.3
19.1
15.3
55.5
50.2
25.1
20.1
68.3
61.8
30.9
24.7
82.0
74.1
37.1
29.6
107.6
97.3
48.7
38.9
132.8
120.1
60.0
48.0
157.3
142.3
71.1
56.9
196.6
177.8
88.9
71.1
262.2
237.1
118.6
94.8

146.6
117.3

176.0
140.8

EFF.
(%)

NEMA
FRAME

77.0
84.0
85.5
85.5
86.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.1
94.1

143T
143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T

TEFC T-FRAME MOTORS - 3600 RPM

EFF.
(%)

NEMA
FRAME

MOTOR
HP

85.5
86.5
86.5
89.5
89.5
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.1
94.5
95.0
95.4
95.4
95.4
95.8

143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
405T
444T
445T

1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150

FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 HZ


VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.9
3.5
1.8
1.4
4.9
4.4
2.2
1.8
6.3
5.7
2.8
2.3
9.2
8.3
4.2
3.3
14.7
13.3
6.6
5.3
21.5
19.5
9.7
7.8
28.2
25.5
12.8
10.2
41.6
37.6
18.8
15.1
55.5
50.2
25.1
20.1
68.3
61.8
30.9
24.7
82.0
74.1
37.1
29.6
107.6
97.3
48.7
38.9
132.8
120.1
60.0
48.0
157.3
142.3
71.1
56.9
196.6
177.8
88.9
71.1
259.4
234.6
117.3
93.8

143.9
115.1

172.6
138.1

EFF.
(%)

NEMA
FRAME

77.0
84.0
85.5
86.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.1
95.0
95.0

143T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
405T
444T
445T

NOTES:
1. Approximate motor full load amps listed. Actual motor full load
amps can be found on the motor nameplate.
2. Motor voltage and availability is controlled by AHUBuilder.

79

Typical electric heater wiring

a39-1721tf

LEGEND
NC
NEC
NO

Normally Closed
National Electrical Code
Normally Open

NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to NEC.

80

FULL SCR ELECTRIC HEAT CONTROL

LEGEND
NC
NEC
NO
SCR

Normally Closed
National Electrical Code
Normally Open
Silicon Control Rectifier

a39-4380

NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to NEC.

81

Typical electric heater wiring (cont)


VERNIER SCR ELECTRIC HEAT CONTROL

LEGEND
NC
NEC
NO

Normally Closed
National Electrical Code
Normally Open

NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to NEC.

82

a39-4381

Guide specifications indoor unit


39M Central Station Air Handler Units
HVAC Guide Specifications
Size Range: 1,500 to 60,500 Nominal Cfm
Carrier Model Number: 39MN Indoor Unit
Part 1 General
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications:
Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum of five years
documented experience.
B. Units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to
ISO 9001 manufacturing quality standard.
C. Air-handling unit assembly shall have UL 1995 certification for safety, including use with electric heat.
D. Products requiring electric connection shall be listed
and classified by ETL and CSA as suitable for the
purpose specified and indicated.
E. Coil performance shall be certified in accordance
with AHRI Standard 410, latest edition.
F. Unit performance shall be rated in accordance with
AHRI Standard 430 for Central Air Handling Units
and subject to verification of rating accuracy by
AHRI-sponsored, third party testing. Units shall
meet NFPA 90A requirements.
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. All indoor units, painted or unpainted, shall be completely shrink-wrapped from the factory for protection during shipment. Tarping of bare units is
unacceptable.
B. Inspect for transportation damage and store in clean
dry place and protect from weather and construction
traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish.
1.03 START-UP REQUIREMENTS
Do not operate units until ductwork is clean, filters
are in place, bearings lubricated, condensate properly trapped, piping connections verified and leak
tested, belts aligned and tensioned, all shipping
braces have been removed, and fan has been test
run under observation.
Part 2 Products
2.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. Units shall ship in the number of sections necessary
to meet project requirements and shall ship in as
many splits as specified in selection software. Split
options as follows:
1. Shipped in sections shipping split.
2. Shipped assembled.
B. Unit shall be factory-supplied, central station air
handler. The air-handling unit may consist of a fan
with the following factory-installed components as
indicated on the equipment schedule.

114

1. Mixing Box Section:


a. With angle filter tracks.
b. No filter tracks.
2. Air Mixer Section.
3. Exhaust Box Section.
4. Integral Face and Bypass Section:
a. With hot water coil.
b. With steam coil.
5. Internal Face and Bypass Damper Section.
6. External Face and Bypass Damper Section.
7. Plenum Section:
a. With drain pan.
b. No drain pan.
8. Humidifier Section.
9. Blow-Thru Discharge Plenum.
10. Filter Section:
a. 2-in. flat filters.
b. 4-in. flat filters.
c. 2-in. angle filters.
d. 4-in. angle filters.
e. Side loading 12-in. bag/cartridge filters with
2-in. pre-filters.
f. Side loading 30-in. bag/cartridge filters with
2-in. pre-filters.
g. Face loading bag/cartridge filters without
pre-filters. Maximum bag/cartridge filter
length is limited to access/plenum sections
placed after this section.
h. Face
loading
HEPA
(high-efficiency
particulate air) bag/cartridge filters without
pre-filters.
11. Gas Heating Section.
12. Coil Section:
a. Chilled water coil.
b. Direct expansion coil.
c. Hot water coil.
d. Steam coil.
e. Electric coil.
13. Multi-Zone Cooling/Heating Coil Section:
a. With dampers.
b. No dampers (for dual duct).
14. Energy Recovery Wheel Section.
15. Fan Section:
a. Horizontal draw-thru (supply, return, and
exhaust).
b. Horizontal blow-thru (with integral diffuser
on supply fan only).
c. Plenum fan.
d. Vertical draw-thru.

83

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)

2.02 CASING
A. Construction:
1. Unit shall be constructed of a complete frame
with easily removable panels. Removal of any
panel shall not affect the structural integrity of
the unit.
2. All units shall be supplied with 14-gage or
heavier, G-90 galvanized steel base rails. Bolton legs are NOT acceptable. Perimeter lifting
lugs for overhead lifting shall be provided on
each shipping section. Slinging units in place of
lifting lugs shall not be acceptable.
3. Unit shall be thermally broken to minimize the
conduction path from the inside of the casing to
the outside.
4. Casing panels (top, sides, and bottom) shall
be constructed of galvanized steel, and shall
have one of the following exterior finishes as
specified:
a. Pre-painted with a baked enamel finish passing 500-hour salt spray test (ASTM B-117)
for pre-painted steel and 125-hour marine
level 1 prohesion test (ASTM G-85.A5) for
pre-painted steel.
b. Unpainted G-90 galvanized steel.
5. Casing panels (top, sides, and bottom) shall
be constructed of galvanized steel, and shall
have one of the following interior finishes as
specified:
a. Pre-coated with a silver zeolite antimicrobial
material registered by the US EPA for use in
HVAC applications.
b. Unpainted G-90 galvanized steel.
6. Casing panels (top, sides, and bottom) shall be
one piece, double-wall construction with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels.
Panel assemblies shall not carry an R-value of
less than 13.
7. Casing deflection shall not exceed a 1:200 ratio
when subject to an internal pressure of
8-in. wg. Casing leakage rate shall be less than
1% at 8 in. wg of nominal unit airflow or 50
cfm, whichever is greater. Leakage rate shall be
tested and documented on a routine basis on
random production units. Optionally, factory witness leak testing and/or test reports shall be
available.
8. Side panels shall be easily removable for access
to unit and shall seal against a full perimeter
automotive style gasket to ensure a tight seal.
9. The panel retention system shall comply with UL
1995 which states all moving parts (for example,
fan blades, blower wheels, pulleys, and belts)

114
84

that, if accidentally contacted, could cause bodily


injury, shall be guarded against accidental contact by an enclosure requiring tools for removal.
10. Accessibility options shall be as follows:
a. Hinged double-wall access door on either
side with removable access panel(s) on the
other side.
b. Hinged double-wall access doors on both
sides.
c. Removable double-wall access panels on
both sides.
11. Depending on the options selected and the
remaining available space inside each section,
the following options may be available:
a. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports
shall be factory-installed on the access
panel(s) or door(s) of the section.
b. Marine lights shall be factory installed with
or without GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) convenience outlets.
12. Fan supports, structural members, panels, or
flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum,
stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material is used. Painted welds on unit exterior steel
or galvanized steel are not acceptable.
13. All coil sections shall be doublewall construction
with insulation sealed between the inner and
outer panels. Panel assemblies shall not carry
an R-value of less than 13. Single height coil
sections shall have removable frame sections to
facilitate vertical coil extraction.
14. Blow-thru sections shall have a diffuser plate as
an integral part of the fan section.
B. Access Doors:
Access doors shall be one piece, double-wall construction with insulation sealed between the inner
and outer panels. Panel assemblies shall not carry an
R-value of less than 13.
C. Drain Pans:
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized
or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be
sloped toward the drain connection. Drain pan shall
have 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the
hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified.
One drain outlet shall be supplied for each cooling
coil section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water
and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010.
Where 2 or more coils are stacked in a coil bank,
intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the
condensate shall be piped to the bottom drain pan.
The bottom coil shall not serve as a drain path for
the upper coil.

2.03 FANS
A. General:
1. Forward-curved fans shall have one doublewidth double-inlet (DWDI) fan wheel and scroll.
They shall be constructed of galvanized steel
with baked enamel. They shall be designed for
continuous operation at the maximum rated fan
speed and motor horsepower. Fans shall have
an AMCA class rating corresponding to the
static pressure at which the fan is designed to
operate (Class I or II). Completed fan assembly
shall be dynamically balanced in accordance
with 1989 ARI Guideline G and ANSI S2.191986 at design operating speed using contract
drive and motor if ordered.
2. Airfoil fan sections shall have one DWDI airfoil
fan wheel and scroll. Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design constructed of heavy gage,
high strength steel or aluminum continuously
welded to the backplate and the spun inlet
flange. Entire fan assembly shall be cleaned,
primed and painted with alkyd enamel, except
for an aluminum fan wheel when supplied. Fans
shall have an AMCA class rating corresponding
to the static pressure at which the fan is
designed to operate (Class I, II, or III). Completed fan assembly shall be dynamically balanced to minimum grade of G 6.3 per ANSI/
AMCA 204-96 at design operating speed using
contract drive and motor if ordered.
3. Belt drive plenum fan sections shall have one
single-width single-inlet (SWSI) airfoil fan wheel.
Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design
constructed of heavy gage, high strength steel
or aluminum continuously welded to the backplate and the spun inlet flange. Entire fan
assembly shall be cleaned, primed and painted
with alkyd enamel, except for an aluminum fan
wheel when supplied. They shall be designed
for continuous operation at the maximum rated
fan speed and motor horsepower. Fans shall
have an AMCA class rating corresponding to
the static pressure at which the fan is designed
to operate (Class I, II, or III). Completed fan
assembly shall be dynamically balanced to minimum grade of G 6.3 per ANSI/AMCA 204-96
at design operating speed using contract drive
and motor if ordered.
4. Direct drive plenum fan sections shall have one
single width single inlet (SWSI) airfoil fan wheel.
Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design
continuously welded to the back plate and the
front plate. Fan wheel shall be constructed of
aluminum. Airfoil blades shall be aluminum
extrusions and shall be top welded to the back
plate and front plate of the wheel. Fan wheel
shall be dynamically balanced per ISO standard
1940 quality grade G6.3.
5. Fan assembly vibration shall not exceed
0.248 in. per second when mounted on active
114

B.

C.

D.

E.

isolators. Vibration shall be measured in both


vertical and horizontal directions at the specified fan operating speed using specified motor.
Accelerometers shall be mounted on the motor
near the bearing locations.
6. All fan sled components shall provide corrosion
protection to pass 100-hour salt spray test per
ASTM B-117.
7. Fan wheels shall be keyed to the shaft and shall
be designed for continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower.
Fan wheels and shafts shall be selected with a
maximum operating speed 25% below the first
critical.
8. Belt drive fan motor shall be mounted within the
fan section casing on slide rails equipped with
adjusting screws. Motor shall be premium efficiency, open drip-proof or totally enclosed fan
cooled NEMA Design A or B with size and electrical characteristics as shown on the equipment
schedule. Motor shall be mounted on a horizontal
flat surface and shall not be supported by the fan
or its structural members. All three-phase motors
shall have a 10% voltage utilization range and a
1.15 minimum service factor. Motor shall be
compliant with the Energy Independence and
Security Act (EISA) of 2007 where applicable.
Single-phase motors shall be available up to and
including 5 hp.
Performance Ratings:
Fan performance shall be rated and certified in
accordance with AHRI Standard 430, latest edition.
Sound Ratings:
Manufacturer shall submit first through eighth
octave sound power for fan discharge and casing
radiated sound. Sound ratings shall be tested in
accordance with AHRI 260.
Mounting:
Fan scroll, wheel, shaft, bearings, drives, and motor
shall be mounted on a common base assembly. The
base assembly is isolated from the outer casing with
factory-installed isolators and rubber vibration absorbent fan discharge seal. A canvas style duct connection between fan discharge and cabinet is not
acceptable. Units shall use 2-in. deflection spring
isolators.
Fan Accessories:
1. Forward-curved fans:
a. Variable frequency drives with or without
bypass.
b. Magnetic motor starters.
c. Motor disconnects.
d. Belt guards.
e. Inlet screen.
2. Airfoil Fans:
a. Variable frequency drives with or without
bypass.
85

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)

F.

2.04
A.

B.

86

C. V-Belt Drive:
Drive shall be designed for a minimum 1.2 service
factor as standard with a 1.5 service factor option
and/or a factory-supplied extra set of belts. Drives
shall be fixed pitch with optional variable pitch for
motors 15 hp and less. All drives shall be factory
mounted, with sheaves aligned and belts properly
tensioned.
2.05 COILS
A. All water, steam and direct expansion (DX) refrigerant coils shall be provided to meet the scheduled
performance. All coil performance shall be certified
in accordance with AHRI Standard 410. All water
and direct expansion coils shall be tested at 450 psig
air pressure. Direct expansion coils shall be designed
and tested in accordance with ASHRAE/ANSI 15
Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration (latest
edition). Factory-supplied 1/2-in. OD coils shall be
covered under the standard product one-year limited
warranty. All steam coils, integral face and bypass
coils and 5/8-in. OD coils shall be warranted for a
period not in excess of 12 months from their shipment from the manufacturer. Coil epoxy coating
shall be covered under a 5-year limited warranty
from the date of shipment from the manufacturer.
B. General Fabrication:
1. All water and refrigerant coils shall have minimum 1/2-in. OD copper tubes mechanically
expanded into fins to ensure high thermal performance with lower total flow and pumping
requirements. Minimum tube wall thickness
shall be 0.016 inches. Optional tube wall thickness of 0.025 in. shall be supplied, if specified.
2. Optionally, water coils shall have minimum 5/8-in.
OD copper tubes mechanically expanded into fins
to ensure high thermal performance with lower
total flow and pumping requirements. Minimum
tube wall thickness shall be 0.020 inches.
Optional tube wall thickness of 0.035 in. shall be
supplied, if specified.
3. Aluminum plate fin type with belled collars.
Optional copper plate fins shall be supplied, if
specified.
4. Aluminum-finned coils shall be supplied with dieformed casing and tube sheets of mill galvanized
steel or stainless steel as specified. Copper-finned
coils shall be supplied with stainless steel casing
and tube sheets.
C. Hydronic Heating and Cooling Coils:
1. Headers shall be constructed of steel with steel
MPT connections. Headers shall have drain and
vent connections accessible from the exterior of
the unit. Optional non-ferrous headers and red
brass MPT connections shall be supplied if
specified.
2. Configuration: Coils shall be drainable, with
non-trapping circuits. Coils will be suitable for a
design working pressure of 300 psig at 200 F.

b. Magnetic motor starters.


c. Motor disconnects.
d. Belt guards.
e. Inlet screen.
3. Belt Drive Plenum Fans:
a. Variable frequency drives with or without
bypass.
b. Magnetic motor starters.
c. Motor disconnects.
d. Inlet screen and wheel cage.
4. Direct Drive Plenum Fans:
a. Variable frequency drives.
b. Motor protection box for motor current protection with a single VFD driving multiple
motors.
c. Airflow measuring piezo ring.
d. Piezo ring transducer.
e. Motor shaft grounding ring.
f. Inlet guard.
g. Outlet guard.
Flexible Connection:
The base assembly is isolated from the outer casing
with factory-installed isolators and rubber vibration
absorbent fan discharge seal. A canvas style duct
connection between fan discharge and cabinet is not
acceptable.
BEARINGS AND DRIVES
Bearings:
Self-aligning, grease lubricated, anti-friction with
lubrication fittings extended to drive side of fan section. Optional grease fittings extended to the exterior of the casing are available. All bearing life
calculations shall be done in accordance with ABMA
9 for ball bearings and ABMA 11 for roller bearings.
1. Size 03 to 110 forward-curved fans: Cartridge
type bearings for Class I fans. Heavy-duty pillow
block type, self-aligning, regreasable ball or
roller type bearings selected for a minimum
average life (L50) of 200,000 hours or optionally for an (L50) of 500,000 hours.
2. Size 03 to 110 airfoil fans: Heavy-duty pillow
block type, self-aligning, regreasable ball or
roller type bearings selected for a minimum
average life (L50) of 200,000 hours or optionally for an (L50) of 500,000 hours.
3. Size 06 to 110 belt-drive plenum fans: Heavyduty pillow block type, self-aligning, regreasable
roller type bearings selected for a minimum
average life (L50) of 200,000 hours or optionally for an (L50) of 500,000 hours.
Shafts:
Fan shafts shall be solid steel, turned, ground,
polished and coated with a rust inhibitor.

114

1) Contactor control - electric heaters up


D. Steam Distribution (Non-Freeze Type) Heating
through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of
Coils:
control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6
1. Headers shall be steel with MPT connections.
stages of control.
2. Inner steam distributing tubes shall be 5/8-in.
2) SCR control - electric heaters up
OD, 0.020 in. wall thickness, located within
through a maximum of 90 amps are
1 in. OD, 0.030 in. wall outer condensing
available with full SCR control. The
tubes. Working pressure shall be 175 psig at
entire heater is modulated to achieve the
400 F.
proportional control based on a 0 to 10
3. Inner steam distributing tubes shall be 3/8-in.
volt DC or 4 to 20 mA control signal.
OD, 0.020 in. wall thickness, located within
3) Vernier control - the heater has full mod5/ -in. OD, 0.035 in. wall outer condensing
8
ulating control of the first circuit of heat,
tubes. Working pressure shall be 175 psig at
all of which is rated at equal kW incre400 F.
ments. There is a minimum of 3 circuits
for this type of control. These stage
E. Integral Face and Bypass Coils:
increments are turned on and off by a
1. Sizes 03-14 shall have horizontal steam or hot
step controller. As each stage fulfills the
water coils with a tubewall thickness of not less
demand for heat, the SCR increment is
than 0.020 inches. Tubes shall be mechanically
used as a fully modulating filler between
expanded into die formed collars formed in alustages. This end output is a fully prominum plate type fins.
portional control of the electric heater
2. Sizes 17-110 shall have vertical steam or hot
based on a 0 to 10 volt DC or 4 to
water coils with a tubewall thickness of not less
20 mA control signal.
than 0.035 inches. Fins shall be spiral edgeb. Sheathed type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium
wound copper. Tubes shall be free-floating for
resistance coils, suspended in a magnesium
thermal expansion and contraction without the
oxide insulator fill within a tubular steel
use of offset bends or floating headers.
sheath/brazed fin assembly. Silicone rubber
F. Refrigerant Coils:
end seals shall prevent contamination of
1. Headers shall be constructed of copper with
the interior, and the exterior shall be
brazed joints.
protected from corrosion by a high temperature aluminum coating. Thermal cutouts for
2. Standard circuiting selections include:
overtemperature protection shall be proa. Single distributor arrangement for sizes 03-17.
vided to meet UL and NEC requirements.
b. Row split intertwined, multiple distributor
Maximum element heating density shall be
arrangement for sizes 03-110.
55 watts/sq inch.
c. Face split, multiple distributor arrangement
1) Contactor control - electric heaters up
for sizes 03-110.
through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of
control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6
3. Replaceable nozzle, brass refrigerant distribustages of control.
tors and seamless copper distribution tubes are
supplied to ensure uniform flow.
2. The manufacturer shall furnish an integral control box containing thermal cutouts, primary
4. Submittals must include a DX coil and condenscontrol, subcircuit fusing, airflow switch, and
ing unit cross plot to show that the coil and
fused control transformer.
condensing unit capacity match at the rated
design conditions.
3. Electric heaters shall be UL listed for zero clearance and shall meet all applicable National ElecG. Electric Heating Section:
tric Code requirements.
1. The electric heater casing is constructed of gal4. Units with electric heat sections shall be listed
vanized steel. Heater control box access door
under UL 1995 Standard for Safety.
shall be mounted on the designated hand side
of the unit. Element construction as follows:
2.06 GAS HEATING SECTION
a. Open-wire type, 80% nickel, 20% chroA. Indirect fired gas furnace section(s) shall have a minmium resistance coils, insulated by Steatite
imum thermal efficiency of 80% and incorporate
bushings and supported in a galvanized steel
agency listed gas-fired duct furnace(s) per UL, CSA,
frame. Bushings shall be recessed into
or ETL for operation on natural or propane gas to
embossed openings and stacked into supthe current edition of ANSI Z83.8 or Canadian CSA
porting brackets, spaced no more than 4-in.
2.6 Standard for Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces. Duct furcenters. Thermal cutouts for overtemperanaces shall be installed on the positive pressure side
ture protection shall be provided to meet UL
of the supply fan only.
and NEC requirements. Maximum element
heating density shall be 55 watts/sq inch.

114

87

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)


B. The duct furnace module(s) shall have:
1. 20 gage galvanized steel heat exchanger cabinet.
2. 1 in. thick, minimum 11/2 lb/cu ft density thermal insulation for the heat exchanger cabinet.
3. Each furnace shall have an induced-draft fan for
the removal of flue gases and to keep the heat
exchanger at a negative pressure.
4. Air pressure switches to prove air supply for
combustion before operation of gas valve.
5. Patented inshot gas burners with integral carryovers.
6. Direct-spark ignition of the gas burners with
remote flame sensor to prove carryover across
all burners.
7. A listed 24-vac redundant combination gas
valve including two electric shutoff valves, gas
pressure regulator, and a manual shutoff valve
per furnace.
8. An automatic reset type high limit switch to
limit maximum outlet air temperature to less
than 250 F.
9. Manual reset flame rollout switches.
10. Minimum of one 40 va, 24 vac control transformer.
1
11. /8 in. NPT tapped test gage connection in the
gas manifold for measuring gas pressure.
12. Union fitting downstream of gas control to facilitate installation and service.
13. Provision for attachment of a vent system to
exhaust flue gases to the outdoors.
C. Gas-fired duct furnace(s) provided shall have an 18
gage tubular heat exchanger assembly suitable to
withstand 3.0 in. wg total external static pressure
without burner flame disturbance and constructed of
either:
1. Type 409 stainless steel (0.044 minimum wall
thickness) produced to ASTM A268.
2. Type 304L stainless tubes (0.047 minimum
wall thickness) produced to ASTM A249.
D. Gas heating section modules shall be listed for application downstream of refrigeration and cooling systems and shall provide means for removal of
condensate that occurs in the tubes during cooling
operation. Heat exchanger tubes shall have (integral
formed dimpled restrictors; formed tubulators) to
provide for an unobstructed drainage path and tubes
shall be formed to provide a positive pitch to promote condensate drainage. Drainage shall be configured so that burners and burner surfaces are not
exposed to condensate.
E. Gas heating section shall incorporate a direct spark
ignition control module listed by one of the following: US, CSA, or ETL.

88

F. Controls shall provide:


1. 100% safety shutoff.
2. A 15-second minimum pre-purge period prior
to trial for ignition.
3. High-energy direct spark ignition of main burners.
4. Electronic flame supervision incorporating a
0.8-second flame failure response time.
5. Up to 2 additional ignition retrials preceded by
an inter-purge period.
6. A minimum 30-second post-purge.
7. Automatic reset after one hour to initiate additional ignition trials if lockout occurs during heat
call.
8. An LED indicator light to provide a flash code
to identify the operating condition of the control.
G. Gas heating section shall be equipped for operation
with 115 vac, single-phase, 60 Hz power supply.
H. All electrical components shall be listed or recognized by UL, CSA, or ETL.
I. Gas Furnace Control:
1. Single furnace Operates from 10 to 100%
of input from a single analog input of 0 to 10
vdc.
2. Two furnaces in series Lead unit operates
from 20 to 100% of input and secondary unit
operates in two-stage operation to achieve
overall system input of 10 to 100% from a single analog input of 0 to 10 vdc.
3. Furnace rack systems Multiple furnaces
operate from a single analog input of 0 to 10
vdc with a lead modulating furnace and multiple
secondary two-stage furnaces to achieve overall
system input of 10 to 100%. (10:1 turndown
minimum; most rack systems provide greater
than 10:1 turndown.)
J. Electronic modulation Operates from 10 to
100% of input from a single analog input of 0 to 10
vdc. Heat enable contact (supplied by others) initiates and ends heating cycles. Heating unit incorporates two-speed operation of combustion air blower
and two-stage gas valve, signal amplifier and timer
relay control.
K. Gas supply pressure to the gas valve inlet shall be
5.0 to 13.5 in. wg for natural gas or 11.0 to 13.5
in. wg for propane gas.
L. Units are orificed for operation up to 2000 ft above
sea level unless specified for high altitude operation.
M. Duct furnaces shall be test-fired prior to shipment to
verify proper ignition, operation and shutdown and
satisfactory operation of all components.
N. Furnaces shall be provided with printed installation
and maintenance instructions, burner operating and
maintenance instructions, piping and wiring diagrams and installation start-up data sheet.

Product Seal. Cassettes shall be listed in the


2.07 ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL
AHRI Certified Products Directory and bear the
A. Construction:
AHRI Certified Product Seal.
1. Wheel sections shall incorporate a rotary wheel
18. Wheel shall carry a 5-year parts warranty. This
in an insulated cassette frame complete with
warranty is for all wheel cassette components
seals, drive motor and drive belt.
except the drive motor, which carries the motor
2. The wheel shall be coated with silica gel desicmanufacturers warranty.
cant, permanently bonded without the use of
2.08 HUMIDIFIERS
binders or adhesives.
A. The humidifiers shall be of the direct discharge type,
3. The substrate shall be made of a light weight
using steam from existing steam lines or boilers to
polymer and shall not degrade nor require addibe injected into the air plenums for humidification.
tional coatings for application in coastal enviB. Each humidifier shall consist of multiple, vertical
ronments.
steam discharge pipes, supported on horizontal
4. Coated wheel segments shall be washable with
header manifolds, spaced to provide the optimum of
detergent or alkaline coil cleaner and water.
steam to air contact while minimizing pressure drop.
5. The silica gel desiccant shall not dissolve nor
Each humidifier shall be sized to nominally match
deliquesce in the presence of water or high
the air plenum width and height for maximum conhumidity.
tact of the discharging steam to the air passing
6. The wheel polymer layers shall be wound conaround the vertical steam discharge pipes.
tinuously with one flat and one structured layer
C. The vertical steam discharge pipes shall be conin an ideal parallel plate geometry providing
structed of 316 stainless steel. Each pipe shall have
laminar flow and minimum pressure drop.
a full-length, inverted slot on each side for steam
7. The wheel shall incorporate the channel matrix
discharge at 100% air to steam contact. Nozzles and
design and an optional adjustable mechanical
holes have less than 15% air to steam contact and
purge.
are, therefore, unacceptable.
8. The polymer layers shall be captured in a stainD. A full-length stainless steel fishbone shaped baffle
less steel wheel frame or aluminum and stainshall be used inside the vertical discharge pipe to
less steel segment frames that provide a rigid
wick condensate away from the discharge slots and
and self-supporting matrix.
back to the center of the pipe for re-evaporation.
9. Energy recovery wheels greater than 25 inches
E. The feeder manifolds shall be constructed of 316
in diameter shall be provided with removable
stainless steel, sized to move the steam in a specific
wheel segments.
mass-flow speed range, for maximum condensate
separation. Final condensate separation shall occur
10. Wheel frame shall be a welded hub, spoke and
inside the feeder manifolds, after the control valve,
rim assembly of stainless, plated and/or coated
with the dried steam then injected directly into the
steel and shall be self-supporting without the
vertical discharge pipes.
wheel segments in place.
F. Insulated uprights provide a cushion of air that
11. Wheel segments shall be removable without the
reduces both heat gain and and condensate formause of tools to facilitate maintenance and cleantion. Insulated models have nozzles inserted in the
ing.
uprights to ensure that only dry steam is delivered
12. Wheel bearings shall provide an L-10 life in
itno the air.
excess of 400,000 hours.
G.
The
steam humidifier shall be designed with slip fit13. Wheel rim shall be continuous rolled stainless
tings
for easy assembly. The steam humidifier shall
steel and the wheel shall be connected to the
be
designed
without plastic nozzles, collars, o-rings
shaft by means of taper locks.
or gaskets for zero maintenance.
14. All diameter and perimeter seals shall be pro2.09 FILTER SECTIONS
vided as part of the cassette assembly and shall
A. Flat filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in. filbe factory set.
ters. Sections shall include side access slide rails.
15. Drive belts of stretch urethane shall be provided
B. Angle filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in.
for wheel rim drive without the need for exterfilters of standard sizes, arranged in a horizontal V
nal tensioners or adjustment.
formation.
16. The energy recovery section shall be a UL recC. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall be
ognized component for electrical and fire
capable of accepting headered standard size 6-in. to
safety. The wheel drive motor shall be UL rec12-in. deep rigid media or bag filters and a 2-in. preognized and mounted in the cassette frame and
filter.
supplied with a service connector or junction
box.

D. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall be capable of accepting headered standard size 12-in. to
17. Thermal performance shall be AHRI Standard
1060 certified and bear the AHRI Certified
114

89

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)


30-in. deep rigid media or bag filters and a 2-in. prefilter.
E. Blow-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall contain
a face loading filter frame and be capable of accepting standard size 12-in. deep rigid media (headered
or box) or bag filters.
F. Blow-thru HEPA filter sections shall contain a face
loading filter frame and be capable of accepting
standard size 12-in. deep HEPA box filters.
G. Magnehelic Gages:
1. Housing shall be constructed of a die cast aluminum case and bezel with acrylic cover. Exterior
finish shall be coated gray to withstand 168 hr
salt spray corrosion test.
2. Accuracy shall be 2% of full scale throughout
range at 70 F (21.1 C).
3. Pressure limits shall be 20 in. Hg to 15 psig
(0.677 bar to 1.034 bar).
4. Overpressure relief plugs shall open at approximately 25 psig (1.72 kPa).
5. Temperature limits shall be 20 to 140 F (6.67
to 60 C).
6. Diameter of dial face shall be 4 in. (101.6 mm).
7. Process connections shall be 1/8-in. female
NPT duplicate high and low pressure taps
one pair side and one pair back.
2.10 DAMPERS
Factory-supplied dampers shall be warranted to be
free from defects in material and workmanship for a
period of 12 months after being installed or placed
in service, but in no instance shall the period of warranty be longer than 18 months from the date of the
original shipment by the manufacturer.
A. Mixing boxes, filter-mixing boxes, and exhaust
boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades and
interconnecting outside-air and return-air dampers.
1. Standard Dampers:
Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel
jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating
synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall
be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential
pressure.
2. Premium Dampers:
Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with
blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades
shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods
rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings.
Maximum leakage rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at
1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
3. Outside Air Measurement Dampers:
a. Damper frame shall be nominal 4 in. x 1 in.
x minimum 0.081 in. (102 mm x 25 mm x

90

minimum 2 mm) and constructed of


6063-T5 extruded aluminum.
b. Airflow measuring blades shall be airfoilshaped, heavy gage anodized 6063-T5
extruded aluminum and fixed in 10 in. x
minimum 16 gage (254 mm x minimum
1.5 mm) galvanized steel frame.
c. Jamb seals shall be flexible metal compression type along control damper sides.
d. Blade seals shall be neoprene along control
damper blade edges.
e. Bearings shall be molded synthetic.
f. Linkage shall be galvanized steel, concealed
in frame.
g. Axles shall be minimum 1/2-in. (13 mm)
diameter plated steel, hex-shaped, mechanically attached to blade.
h. Operating temperature shall be 22 to
140 F (30 to 60 C).
i. Air straightener section shall be aluminum
alloy honeycomb contained in 5 in. (127 mm)
long, 16 gage (1.5 mm) galvanized steel
sleeve attached to monitoring blade frame.
j. Airflow range shall be 400 to 5,000 ft per
minute (122 to 1524 m/min) face velocity.
k. Maximum leakage rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at
1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
B. Integral Face and Bypass Dampers:
1. Integral face and bypass (IFB) coils shall be
capable of maintaining a constant air volume,
within 5%, shall be capable of maintaining a
constant leaving air temperature as entering air
conditions vary, and shall be capable of producing mixed leaving air temperatures within 3 ft
downstream with a maximum variance in air
temperature of 5 F, regardless of damper
position.
2. When no heating is required, dampers shall
divert air to bypass around heating surface with
minimal temperature override.
3. Coil casing, dampers and baffles shall be fabricated from galvanized steel with an option for
stainless steel. Coils shall be tested at 300 psig.
4. Integral face and bypass coils shall be provided
with a connection point for field-mounted actuator(s), electrical or pneumatic, or can be provided from the factory at an additional cost.
5. Actuator connection point shall be mechanically
attached to dampers via linkage mechanisms.
Dampers shall be interconnected for operation
simultaneously across each face of coil.
C. Face and Bypass Dampers:
1. Internal Face and Bypass Dampers:
Internal face and bypass dampers shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel frame.
Damper blades shall be constructed of

galvanized steel, with high temperature blade


and edge seals. Blades shall be mechanically
fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating
synthetic bearings. To eliminate blade warping,
face dampers shall be sectionalized to limit
blade length to 60 in. maximum. Face damper
blades shall be opposed and arranged to match
coil face with top bypass, and internal linkage.
2. External Face and Bypass Dampers:
Face damper shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel frame. Damper blades shall be
constructed of galvanized steel, with high
temperature blade and edge seals. Blades shall
be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating
in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Bypass
damper shall be constructed of galvanized steel,
with blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals.
Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle
rod rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings. Face damper blades shall be opposed with
top bypass, and internally mounted linkage.
D. Multi-Zone Dampers:
Multi-zone dampers shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel frame. Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil
design, with blade seals and stainless steel jamb
seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle
rods rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings.
Maximum leakage rate shall be 11 cfm/ft2 at
1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure. Maximum
pressure drop due to dampers shall be no more than
0.40 in. wg. Number of zones shall vary by size of
section.
2.11 AIR MIXER
Air mixer of 0.081-in. aluminum construction of
size, performance and maximum pressure drop indicated. The air mixer shall mix two or more airstreams of differing temperature to within 6 F of
theoretical mixed-air temperature and provide a
more uniform air velocity contour entering a downstream filter or coil bank.
2.12 UV-C GERMICIDAL LAMPS
Emitters and fixtures for UV-C lamps shall be
designed for use inside an HVAC system and shall
be covered by a 1 year warranty. Individual lamp
output shall be measured in an ASME nozzled test
apparatus using a 45 F airstream moving at not less
than 400 fpm. Lamp output at 253.7 nm shall not
be less than 10 W/cm2 per inch of arc length measured at a distance of one meter.
A. Power supplies for UV-C lamps shall be a high-efficiency electronic type which are matched to the
emitters and are capable of producing the specified
output intensity with an input power no more than
80 watts.
B. Fixtures for UV-C lamps shall be factory installed
and wired to a SPDT disconnect switch and door
interlock switches in each door. Fixtures are wired
for 120 v/single ph requiring a minimum circuit

C.

D.

E.

2.13
A.

B.

ampacity of 15 amps. Lamps shall ship separately


for field installation to minimize the chance for bulb
damage.
Emitters and fixtures shall be installed in sufficient
quantity and arranged so as to provide an equal distribution of UV-C energy on the coil and drain pan.
The minimum UV-C energy striking the leading
edge of the coil pan shall be not less than
820 W/cm2 at the closest point and through
placement, not less than 60% of that value at the
farthest point. Equal amounts are to strike the drain
pan, either directly or indirectly through reflection.
Emitters and fixtures shall be installed such that
UV-C energy strikes all surfaces of the coil, drain
pan, and the available line of sight airstream.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES:
Marine Lights and Convenience Outlets:
1. Cast, non-ferrous metal, weatherproof, fixture.
2. Cast, non-ferrous metal, weatherproof, electrical junction box.
3. Gasketed, heat and shock resistant glass globe
protects against moisture and debris.
4. Cast, non-ferrous metal lamp guard to protect
glass globe.
5. UL listed.
6. 100 watt type A lamp maximum capacity.
7. Each fixture is equipped with a 75 watt,
130 volt, long life, vibration resistant, lamp
(8000+ hour typical lamp life), factory installed.
8. Metallic, single gang, electrical junction box, UL
listed.
9. With convenience outlet: Factory supplied and
wired, SPST, toggle switch and 15 amp,
120 vac/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15 type, ground fault
circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle, UL listed.
10. Without convenience outlet: Factory supplied
and wired, SPST, UL listed toggle switch.
11. Each fixture is factory wired to an externally
mounted switch box. (Field power connections
are made to the switch box mounted externally
on the unit.)
12. All factory wiring penetrating through the panel
is protected in RIGID type metal conduit.
Disconnects:
Factory-supplied disconnects shall be covered under
a 1 year limited warranty from the manufacturer
from the date of shipment.
1. 115-230 volt/single-phase non-fused disconnects shall have the following characteristics:
a. Plated current carrying components for
superior corrosion protection.
b. Factory-installed equipment grounding terminals with slot/square drive screws.
c. Rated for motor disconnect applications
(10 Hp maximum).
91

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)


d. NEMA type 3R non-metallic enclosure.
e. Up to 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, when protected by a fuse or circuit
breaker rated 60 amperes or less.
f. Cover padlock hasp.
g. Pull-out cartridge type.
h. UL listed.
2. 115-230 volt/single-phase fused disconnects
shall have the following characteristics:
a. Visible blades.
b. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism.
c. Cover padlock hasp and handle lock OFF.
d. 240 vac maximum.
e. Factory supplied and installed class T
Series fuses (fused disconnects only).
f. Up to 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, utilizing appropriately rated factorysupplied fuses.
g. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
h. Tangential combination knockouts for field
wiring.
i. Spring reinforced plated copper fuse clips.
j. NEMA type 1 enclosures.
k. Insulated, bondable solid neutral assemblies.
l. UL listed, File E2875.
m. Meet or exceed NEMA KS1-1990.
3. 200-230 volt/3-phase fused and non-fused disconnects shall have the following characteristics:
a. Visible blades.
b. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism.
c. Cover padlock hasp and handle lock OFF.
d. 240 vac maximum.
e. Factory supplied and installed class RK5
fuses (fused disconnects only).
f. Up to 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, utilizing appropriately rated, factorysupplied Class R fuses.
g. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
h. Tangential combination knockouts for field
wiring.
i. Spring reinforced plated copper fuse clips.
j. NEMA type 1 enclosures.
k. Insulated, bondable solid neutral assemblies.
l. UL listed, File E2875.
m. Meet or exceed NEMA KS1-1990.
4. 380-575 volt/3-phase fused and non-fused disconnects shall have the following characteristics:
a. Visible switch blades with for positive OFF
indication.
b. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism.
c. Dual cover interlock.

92

d. Color coded ON OFF indicator handle.


e. Cover padlock hasp and handle lock OFF
provision for multiple padlocks.
f. 600 vac maximum.
g. Factory supplied and installed class RK5
fuses (fused disconnects only).
h. Up to 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, utilizing appropriately rated, factorysupplied Class R fuses.
i. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
j. Spring reinforced plated copper fuse clips.
k. Tangential combination knockouts.
l. NEMA type 1 enclosures.
m. Insulated, bondable solid neutral assemblies.
n. Wire terminations suitable for aluminum or
copper conductors.
o. UL listed.
p. Meet or exceed NEMA KS1-1999.
C. Starters:
Factory-supplied disconnects shall be covered under
a 1 year limited warranty from the manufacturer
from the date of shipment.
1. Starter without disconnect:
a. Adjustable motor overload with trip indication.
b. Manual overload reset button (accessible without opening enclosure).
c. 115-v fused secondary control transformer
(fuse included fused primary and secondary
over 50 amps).
d. Hand/Off/Auto selector switch (accessible
without opening enclosure).
e. Separate 4-position terminal strip for remote
H-O-A wiring.
f. C series contactors.
g. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
h. NEMA 4X type non-metallic enclosures.
i. Lug connections for field wiring.
j. Factory mounted, wired, and run tested with
factory-supplied motor.
k. UL listed.
2. Combination Starter/Disconnect:
a. Non-fused UL 508 disconnect switch with
lockable handle (locks not provided).
b. Cover interlock.
c. Adjustable motor overload with trip indication.
d. Manual overload reset button (accessible without opening enclosure).
e. 115-v fused secondary control transformer
(fuse included fused primary and secondary
over 50 amps).
f. Hand/Off/Auto selector switch (accessible
without opening enclosure).

g. Separate 4-position terminal strip for remote


H-O-A wiring.
h. C series contactors.
i. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
j. NEMA 4X type non-metallic enclosures.
k. Lug connections for field power wiring.
l. Factory mounted, wired, and run tested with
factory-supplied motor.
m. UL listed.
D. Bypass for Variable Frequency Drives:
Factory-supplied bypasses shall be covered under a
1 year limited warranty from the manufacturer from
the date of shipment.
1. 200-230 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (1 to 7.5 Hp), 460575 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (1 to 20 Hp), 380 v/3 Ph/
50 Hz (1 to 15 Hp):
a. 4-position panel-mounted disconnect style
switch with lockable handle (locks not provided), meets OSHA 1910.
b. Switch position indication (LINE/OFF/
DRIVE/TEST).
c. Adjustable motor overload with trip indication (LINE position).
d. Manual overload reset button.
e. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
f. Direct control (no contactors, relays, or holding coils).
g. Complete isolation of inverter in LINE position.
h. NEMA 12 type metal enclosures.
i. Terminal strip provided for field power supply wiring.
j. Lug connection for field ground wire.
k. Gold flashed, auxiliary switch contact set (for
switch position monitoring).
l. Factory mounted, wired to VFD and motor,
and run tested (motor and VFD must be factory supplied and installed).
m. UL; UL, Canada; CE listed.
2. 200-230 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (10 to 75 Hp), 460575 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (25 to 150 Hp), 380 v/3
Ph/50 Hz (20 to 75 Hp):
a. 4-position panel-mounted disconnect style
switch with lockable handle (locks not provided), meets OSHA 1910.
b. Switch position indication (LINE/OFF/
DRIVE/TEST).
c. Adjustable motor overload with trip indication (in LINE position).
d. Manual overload reset button.
e. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
f. 115-v control transformer with fused secondary (fused primary on units over 50 amps).

g. Contactor for Line Start/Stop.


h. Door-mounted Line Start and Line Stop
pushbuttons.
i. Complete isolation of inverter in LINE position.
j. NEMA 12 type metal enclosures.
k. Terminal strip provided for field power supply wiring.
l. Lug connection for field ground wire.
m. Gold flashed, auxiliary switch contact set (for
switch position monitoring).
n. Factory mounted, wired to VFD and motor,
and run tested (motor and VFD must be factory supplied and installed).
o. UL; UL, Canada; CE listed.
E. Variable Frequency Drives:
1. Factory-mounted variable frequency drives
(VFDs) shall be wired to factory-supplied
motors.
2. Factory-supplied VFDs are programmed and
started up from the factory and qualify the
VFD, through ABB, for a 24-month warranty
from date of commissioning or 30 months from
date of sale, whichever occurs first.
3. The VFD parameters are programmed into the
controller and removable keypad. In the event
that the VFD fails and needs replacement, the
program can then be uploaded to the replacement VFD via the original keypad.
4. The VFD package as specified herein shall be
enclosed in a UL Listed type enclosure, exceeding NEMA enclosure design criteria (enclosures
with only NEMA ratings are not acceptable),
completely assembled and tested by the manufacturer in an ISO 9001 facility. The VFD tolerated voltage window shall allow the VFD to
operate from a line of +30% nominal, and
35% nominal voltage as a minimum.
a. Environmental operating conditions: VFDs
shall be capable of continuous operation at
15 to 40 C (5 to 104 F) ambient temperature with no frost allowed as per VFD manufacturers documented/submittal data or VFD
must be oversized to meet these temperature
requirements. Not acceptable are VFDs that
can only operate at 40 C intermittently
(average during a 24-hour period) and therefore, must be oversized. VFDs shall be capable of operating at altitude 0 to 3300 ft
above sea level and less than 95% humidity,
non-condensing. All circuit boards shall have
conformal coating.
b. Enclosure shall be rated UL Type 1 and shall
be UL listed as a plenum rated VFD. VFDs
without these ratings are not acceptable.
Type 1 enclosures with only NEMA rating
are not acceptable (must be UL Type 1).

93

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)


5. All VFDs shall have the following standard
features:
a. All VFDs shall have the same customer interface, including digital display, and keypad,
regardless of horsepower rating. The keypad shall be removable, capable of remote
mounting and allow for uploading and
downloading of parameter settings as an aid
for start-up of multiple VFDs.
b. The keypad shall include Hand-Off-Auto
selections and manual speed control. The
drive shall incorporate bumpless transfer
of speed reference when switching between
Hand and Auto modes. There shall be
fault reset and Help buttons on the keypad. The Help button shall include on-line
assistance for programming and troubleshooting.
c. There shall be a built-in timeclock in the
VFD keypad. The clock shall have a battery
back-up with 10 years minimum life span.
The clock shall be used to date and time
stamp faults and record operating parameters at the time of fault. If the battery fails,
the VFD shall automatically revert to hours
of operation since initial power up. Capacitor back-up is not acceptable. The clock
shall also be programmable to control start/
stop functions, constant speeds, PID parameter sets and output Form-C relays. The
VFD shall have a digital input that allows an
override to the timeclock (when in the off
mode) for a programmable time frame.
There shall be four (4) separate, independent
timer functions that have both weekday and
weekend settings.
d. The VFDs shall utilize pre-programmed
application macros specifically designed to
facilitate start-up. The application macros
shall provide one command to reprogram all
parameters and customer interfaces for a
particular application to reduce programming time. The VFD shall have two user
macros to allow the end-user to create and
save custom settings.
e. The VFD shall have cooling fans that are
designed for easy replacement. The fans
shall be designed for replacement without
requiring removing the VFD from the wall or
removal of circuit boards. The VFD cooling
fans shall operate only when required. To
extend the fan and bearing operating life,
the VFD shall cycle the cooling fans on and
off as required.
f. The VFD shall be capable of starting into a
coasting load (forward or reverse) up to full
speed and accelerate or decelerate to set
point without tripping or component damage (flying start).

94

g. The VFD shall have the ability to automatically restart after an overcurrent, over-voltage, under-voltage, or loss of input signal
protective trip.
The number of restart
attempts, trial time, and time between
attempts shall be programmable.
h. The overload rating of the drive shall be
110% of its normal duty current rating for 1
minute every 10 minutes, 130% overload
for 2 seconds. The minimum FLA rating
shall meet or exceed the values in the NEC/
UL table 430.250 for 4-pole motors.
i. The VFD shall have internal 5% impedance
reactors to reduce the harmonics to the
power line and to add protection from AC
line transients. The 5% impedance may be
from dual (positive and negative DC bus)
reactors, or 5% AC line reactors. VFDs with
only one DC reactor shall add an AC line
reactor.
j. The input current rating of the VFD shall be
no more than 3% greater than the output
current rating. VFDs with higher input current ratings require the upstream wiring,
protection devices, and source transformers
to be oversized per NEC 430.120. Input
and output current ratings must be shown on
the VFD nameplate.
k. The VFD shall include a coordinated AC
transient surge protection system consisting
of 4 to 120 joule rated MOVs (phase to
phase and phase to ground), a capacitor
clamp, and 5% impedance reactors.
l. The VFD shall provide a programmable lossof-load (broken belt/broken coupling) FormC relay output. The drive shall be programmable to signal the loss-of-load condition via
a keypad warning, Form-C relay output,
and/or over the serial communications bus.
The loss-of-load condition sensing algorithm
shall include a programmable time delay that
will allow for motor acceleration from zero
speed without signaling a false loss-of-load
condition.
m. The VFD shall have user programmable
underload and overload curve functions to
allow user defined indications of broken belt
or mechanical failure/jam condition causing
motor overload
n. The VFD shall include multiple two zone
PID algorithms that allow the VFD to maintain PID control from two separate feedback
signals (4-20mA, 0-10V, and/or serial communications). The two zone control PID
algorithm will control motor speed based on
a minimum, maximum, or average of the
two feedback signals. All of the VFD PID
controllers shall include the ability for two
zone control.

o. If the input reference (4-20mA or 2-10V) is


lost, the VFD shall give the user the option
of either (1) stopping and displaying a fault,
(2) running at a programmable preset speed,
(3) hold the VFD speed based on the last
good reference received, or (4) cause a
warning to be issued, as selected by the user.
The drive shall be programmable to signal
this condition via a keypad warning, Form-C
relay output and/or over the serial communication bus.
p. The VFD shall have programmable Sleep
and Wake up functions to allow the drive
to be started and stopped from the level of a
process feedback signal.
6. All VFDs to have the following adjustments:
a. Three (3) programmable critical frequency
lockout ranges to prevent the VFD from
operating the load continuously at an unstable speed. The lockout range must be fully
adjustable, from 0 to full speed.
b. Two (2) PID set point controllers shall be
standard in the drive, allowing pressure or
flow signals to be connected to the VFD,
using the microprocessor in the VFD for the
closed-loop control. The VFD shall have
250 mA of 24 VDC auxiliary power and be
capable of loop powering a transmitter
supplied by others. The PID set point shall
be adjustable from the VFD keypad, analog
inputs, or over the communications bus.
There shall be two independent parameter
sets for the PID controller and the capability
to switch between the parameter sets via a
digital input, serial communications or from
the keypad. The independent parameter
sets are typically used for night setback,
switching between summer and winter set
points, etc.
c. There shall be an independent, second PID
loop that can utilize the second analog input
and modulate one of the analog outputs to
maintain the set point of an independent
process (ie. valves, dampers, etc.). All set
points, process variables, etc. to be accessible from the serial communication network.
d. Two (2) programmable analog inputs shall
accept current or voltage signals.
e. Two (2) programmable analog outputs (0 to
20 mA or 4 to 20 mA). The outputs may be
programmed to output proportional to Frequency, Motor Speed, Output Voltage, Output Current, Motor Torque, Motor Power
(kW), DC Bus voltage, Active Reference,
Active Feedback, and other data.
f. Six (6) programmable digital inputs for maximum flexibility in interfacing with external
devices. All digital inputs shall be program-

mable to initiate upon an application or


removal of 24 VDC or 24 VAC.
g. Three (3) programmable, digital Form-C
relay outputs.
The relay outputs shall
include programmable on and off delay
times and adjustable hysteresis. The relays
shall be rated for maximum switching current 8 amps at 24 VDC and 0.4 A at 250
VAC; Maximum voltage 300 VDC and 250
VAC; continuous current rating of 2 amps
RMS. Outputs shall be true Form-C type
contacts; open collector outputs are not
acceptable.
h. Run permissive circuit: There shall be a run
permissive circuit for damper or valve control. Regardless of the source of a run command (keypad, input contact closure, timeclock control, or serial communications), the
VFD shall provide a dry contact closure that
will signal the damper to open (VFD motor
does not operate). When the damper is fully
open, a normally open dry contact (endswitch) shall close. The closed end-switch is
wired to a VFD digital input and allows VFD
motor operation. Two separate safety interlock inputs shall be provided. When either
safety is opened, the motor shall be commanded to coast to stop and the damper
shall be commanded to close. The keypad
shall display start enable 1 (or 2) missing.
The safety input status shall also be transmitted over the serial communications bus.
i. The VFD control shall include a programmable time delay for VFD start and a keypad
indication that this time delay is active. A
Form C relay output provides a contact closure to signal the VAV boxes open. This will
allow VAV boxes to be driven open before
the motor operates. The time delay shall be
field programmable from 0 to 120 seconds. Start delay shall be active regardless
of the start command source (keypad command, input contact closure, time-clock control, or serial communications).
j. Seven (7) programmable preset speeds.
k. Two independently adjustable accelerate and
decelerate ramps with 1 to 1800 seconds
adjustable time ramps.
l. The VFD shall include a motor flux optimization circuit that will automatically reduce
applied motor voltage to the motor to optimize energy consumption and reduce audible motor noise. The VFD shall have
selectable software for optimization of motor
noise, energy consumption, and motor
speed control.
m. The VFD shall include a carrier frequency
control circuit that reduces the carrier frequency based on actual VFD temperature

95

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)


that allows higher carrier frequency settings
without derating the VFD.
n. The VFD shall include password protection
against parameter changes.
7. The keypad shall include a backlit LCD display.
The display shall be in complete English words
for programming and fault diagnostics (alphanumeric codes are not acceptable). All VFD
faults shall be displayed in English words. The
keypad shall include a minimum of 14 assistants
including:
a. Start-up assistant
b. Parameter assistants
c. PID assistant
d. Reference assistant
e. I/O assistant
f. Serial communications assistant
g. Option module assistant
h. Panel display assistant
i. Low noise set-up assistant
j. Maintenance assistant
k. Troubleshooting assistant
l. Drive optimizer assistants
8. All applicable operating values shall be capable
of being displayed in engineering (user) units. A
minimum of three operating values from the list
below shall be capable of being displayed at all
times. The display shall be in complete English
words (alpha-numeric codes are not acceptable):
a. Output Frequency
b. Motor Speed (RPM, %, or Engineering units)
c. Motor Current
d. Motor Torque
e. Motor Power (kW)
f. DC Bus Voltage
g. Output Voltage
9. The VFD shall include a firemans override
input. Upon receipt of a contact closure from
the fire / smoke control station, the VFD shall
operate in one of two modes: 1) Operate at a
programmed predetermined fixed speed ranging from 500 Hz (reverse) to 500 Hz (forward). 2) Operate in a specific firemans
override PID algorithm that automatically
adjusts motor speed based on override set point
and feedback. The mode shall override all
other inputs (analog/digital, serial communication, and all keypad commands), except customer defined safety run interlocks, and force
the motor to run in one of the two modes
above. Override Mode shall be displayed on
the keypad. Upon removal of the override signal, the VFD shall resume normal operation,

96

* Sponsored by ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and AirConditioning Engineers).


Registered trademark of Echelon Corporation.

without the need to cycle the normal digital


input run command.
10. Serial Communications:
a. The VFD shall have an EIA-485 port as
standard. The standard protocols shall be
Modbus, Johnson Controls N2, Siemens
Building Technologies FLN, and BACnet*.
[Optional protocols for LonWorks, Profibus, EtherNet, BACnet IP, and DeviceNet
shall be available.] Each individual drive shall
have the protocol in the base VFD. The use
of third party gateways and multiplexers is
not acceptable. All protocols shall be certified by the governing authority (i.e., BTL
Listing for BACnet). Use of non-certified
protocols is not allowed.
b. The BACnet connection shall be an EIA485, MS/TP interface operating at 9.6,
19.2, 38.4, or 76.8 Kbps. The connection
shall be tested by the BACnet Testing Labs
(BTL) and be BTL Listed. The BACnet
interface shall conform to the BACnet standard device type of an Applications Specific
Controller (B-ASC). The interface shall
support all BIBBs defined by the BACnet
standard profile for a B-ASC including, but
not limited to:
1) Data Sharing Read Property B.
2) Data Sharing Write Property B.
3) Device Management Dynamic Device
Binding (Who-Is; I-Am).
4) Device Management Dynamic Object
Binding (Who-Has; I-Have).
5) Device Management Communication
Control B.
c. If additional hardware is required to obtain
the BACnet interface, the VFD manufacturer shall supply one BACnet gateway per
drive. Multiple VFDs sharing one gateway
shall not be acceptable.
d. Serial communication capabilities shall
include, but not be limited to; run-stop control, speed set adjustment, proportional/
integral/derivative PID control adjustments,
current limit, accel/decel time adjustments,
and lock and unlock the keypad. The drive
shall have the capability of allowing the DDC
to monitor feedback such as process variable
feedback, output speed / frequency, current
(in amps), % torque, power (kW), kilowatt
hours (resettable), operating hours (resettable), and drive temperature. The DDC shall
also be capable of monitoring the VFD relay
output status, digital input status, and all
analog input and analog output values. All
diagnostic warning and fault information
shall be transmitted over the serial communications bus. Remote VFD fault reset shall be
possible.

e. The VFD shall include an independent PID


loop for customer use. The independent
PID loop may be used for cooling tower
bypass valve control, chilled water valve /
hot water valve control, etc. Both the VFD
PID control loop and the independent PID
control loop shall continue functioning even
if the serial communications connection is
lost. As default, the VFD shall keep the last
good set point command and last good DO
and AO commands in memory in the event
the serial communications connection is lost
and continue controlling the process.
11. EMI/RFI filters: All VFDs shall include EMI/RFI
filters. The onboard filters shall allow the VFD
assembly to be CE Marked and the VFD shall
meet product standard EN 61800-3 for the
First Environment restricted level with up to
100 feet of motor cable. No Exceptions. Certified test reports shall be provided with the submittals confirming compliance to EN 61800-3,
First Environment.
12. All VFDs through 75 hp at 480 V shall be protected from input and output power mis-wiring.
The VFD shall sense this condition and display
an alarm on the keypad. The VFD shall not
sustain damage from this power mis-wiring
condition.
13. Operational Functions:
a. The drive shall contain two separate acceleration/deceleration times with auto tuning for
optimum setting (0.1 to 6000 seconds) with
choice of linear, S, or C curves that shall be
factory programmed to match the fan load
and prevent nuisance overcurrent fault trips.
b. The drive shall be equipped with both local/
remote and manual/auto keys on touchpad.
c. The drive shall be equipped with a quick
setup key.
d. The drive shall contain 15 preset speeds,
which can be activated from the keypad, terminal inputs, and host computer.
e. The drive shall have the capability of storable
special custom user setting.
f. The drive shall restart into a rotating motor
operating in either the forward or reverse
direction and match that frequency.
g. The drive shall have adjustable soft stall
(10% to 150%) which reduces frequency and
voltage of the inverter to sustain a run in an
overload situation factory programmed for
each motors characteristics.
h. The drive shall be capable of performing a
time base pattern run using 4 groups of 8
patterns each using the 15 preset speed values for a maximum of 32 different patterns.
i. The drive shall have adjustable UL listed
electronic overload protection (10% to

100%) factory programmed to match each


motors FLA/RLA ratings.
j. The drive shall have a custom programmable
volt/hertz pattern.
14. Protective Features:
a. The drive shall be rated for 200,000 AIC
(ampere interrupting capacity). The use of
input fuses to achieve this rating shall not be
acceptable.
b. The drive shall have external fault input.
c. The drive shall be capable of resetting faults
remotely and locally.
d. The drive shall be programmable to alert the
following alarms:
1) Over torque alarm.
2) Inverter overload pre-alarm.
3) Motor overload pre-alarm.
4) Braking resistor overload pre-alarm.
5) Inverter overheat pre-alarm.
6) Undercurrent alarm.
7) Overcurrent pre-alarm.
8) Communication error alarm.
9) Cumulative timer alarm.
10) Executing retry.
e. The drive shall identify and display the following faults:
1) Overcurrent during acceleration trip.
2) Overcurrent during deceleration trip.
3) Overcurrent during normal run trip.
4) Overcurrent on the DC Bus during
acceleration trip.
5) Overcurrent on the DC Bus during
deceleration trip.
6) Overcurrent on the DC Bus during
normal run trip.
7) Load end overcurrent trip detected at
start-up (output terminals, motor wiring,
etc.).
8) U-phase short circuit trip detected at
start-up.
9) V-phase short circuit trip detected at
start-up.
10) W-phase short circuit trip detected at
start-up.
11) Overvoltage during acceleration trip.
12) Overvoltage during deceleration trip.
13) Overvoltage during normal (constant
speed) run trip.
14) Inverter overloaded trip.
15) Motor overloaded trip.
16) Inverter overheat trip.
17) Emergency off trip message.
97

Guide specifications indoor unit (cont)


18) EEPROM failure during write cycle.
19) EEPROM abnormality during initial
reading.
20) RAM error.
21) ROM error.
22) CPU error.
23) Communication interruption error.
24) Gate array error.
25) Output current detection circuit error.
26) Option PCB error trip.
27) Low operating current trip.
28) Main circuit under voltage trip.
29) Over torque trip.
30) Software detected earth fault trip.
31) Hardware detected earth fault trip.
32) Inverter type form mismatch error.
33) EEPROM type form mismatch error.
15. Monitor Functions:
a. The drive digital display shall be capable of
displaying the following: Frequency, percent
current, current amps, percent voltage I/O,
voltage in volts I/O, RPM, GPM, I/O watts,
torque, and input reference signal, kWh.

98

b. The drive shall have 320 programmable


parameters which can be changed while the
drive is operating.
c. The drives 353 parameters shall be adjustable from the 8-key touchpad or computer
link.
d. The drives 8-key touchpad shall be NEMA
12 rated.
e. The drives keypad shall be capable of being
extended 15 ft from the drive.
f. The drive shall contain a reset of all parameters to factory default settings or user
defaults (whichever one is chosen).
g. The drive shall have 2 programmable analog
outputs programmable to 17 choices.
h. The drive shall have one programmable
relay output programmable to 67 choices.
i. The drive shall have 8 programmable digital
inputs programmable to 54 choices.
j. The drive shall have a pulse train out-put
proportional to frequency (48, 96, 360
times frequency).
k. The drive shall have an elapsed time meter.

Guide specifications outdoor unit


b. No filter tracks.
2.
Air
Mixer Section.
HVAC Guide Specifications
3. Exhaust Box Section.
Size Range: 1,500 to 60,500 Nominal Cfm
4. Integral Face and Bypass Section:
Carrier Model Number: 39MW Outdoor Unit
a. With hot water coil.
Part 1 General
b. With steam coil.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
5. Internal Face and Bypass Damper Section.
A. Manufacturer Qualifications:
6. Plenum Section:
Company specializing in manufacturing the products
a. With drain pan.
specified in this section with minimum of 5 years
documented experience.
b. No drain pan.
B. Units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to
7. Humidifier Section.
ISO 9001 manufacturing quality standard.
8. Blow-Thru Discharge Plenum.
C. Air-handling unit assembly shall have UL 1995 certi9. Filter Section:
fication for safety, including use with electric heat.
a. 2-in. flat filters.
D. Products requiring electric connection shall be listed
b. 4-in. flat filters.
and classified by ETL and CSA as suitable for the
c. 2-in. angle filters.
purpose specified and indicated.
d. 4-in. angle filters.
E. Coil performance shall be certified in accordance
with AHRI Standard 410, latest edition.
e. Side loading 12-in. bag/cartridge filters with
2-in. pre-filters.
F. Unit performance shall be rated in accordance with
AHRI Standard 430 for Central Air Handling Units
f. Side loading 30-in. bag/cartridge filters with
and subject to verification of rating accuracy by
2-in. pre-filters.
AHRI-sponsored, third party testing. Units shall
g. Face loading bag/cartridge filters without
meet NFPA 90A requirements.
pre-filters. Maximum bag/cartridge filter
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION
length is limited to access/plenum sections
placed after this section.
A. All outdoor units shall be completely shrink-wrapped
from the factory for protection during shipment.
h. Face loading HEPA (high-efficiency particulate
Tarping of bare units is unacceptable.
air) bag/cartridge filters without pre-filters.
B. Inspect for transportation damage and store in clean
10. Coil Section:
dry place and protect from weather and construction
a. Chilled water coil.
traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to compob. Direct expansion coil.
nents, enclosures, and finish.
c. Hot water coil.
1.03 START-UP REQUIREMENTS
d. Steam coil.
Do not operate units until ductwork is clean, filters
are in place, bearings lubricated, condensate prope. Electric coil
erly trapped, piping connections verified and leak
11. Gas Heating Section.
tested, belts aligned and tensioned, all shipping
12. Fan Section:
braces have been removed, and fan has been test
a. Horizontal draw-thru.
run under observation.
b. Horizontal blow-thru (with integral diffuser).
Part 2 Products
c. Plenum fan.
2.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2.02
CASING
A. Units shall ship in the number of sections necessary
to meet project requirements and shall ship in as
A. Construction:
many splits as specified in selection software. Split
1. Unit shall be constructed of a complete frame
options as follows:
with easily removable panels. Removal of any
1. Shipped in sections shipping split.
panel shall not affect the structural integrity of
the unit.
2. Shipped assembled.
2. All units shall be supplied with a perimeter,
B. Unit shall be factory-supplied, factory-assembled,
14-gage or heavier, G-90 galvanized, high tenoutdoor, curb-mounted central station air handler.
sile steel base rail with a pocket to accommoThe air-handling unit may consist of a fan with the
date roof curb. Perimeter lifting lugs for
following factory-installed components as indicated
overhead lifting shall be provided on each shipon the equipment schedule.
ping section. Slinging units in place of lifting
1. Mixing Box Section:
lugs shall not be acceptable.
a. With angle filter tracks.

39M Central Station Air Handler Units

114

99

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)


3. Unit shall be thermally broken to minimize the
conduction path from the inside of the casing to
the outside.
4. Casing panels (top, sides, and bottom) shall be
constructed of galvanized steel, and shall have
one of the following exterior finishes as
specified:
a. Pre-painted with a baked enamel finish passing 500-hour salt spray test (ASTM B-117)
for pre-painted steel and 125-hour marine
level 1 prohesion test (ASTM G-85.A5) for
pre-painted steel.
b. Unpainted G-90 galvanized steel.
5. Casing panels (top, sides, and bottom) shall be
constructed of galvanized steel, and shall have
one of the following interior finishes as
specified:
a. Pre-coated with a silver zeolite antimicrobial
material registered by the US EPA for use in
HVAC applications.
b. Unpainted G-90 galvanized steel.
6. Roof shall be double-wall, pitched in four directions at a minimum roof slope of 1/4-in. per
foot across the width of the unit. No penetrations shall be made in pressure sensitive panels.
Roof shall incorporate a standing top seam. All
seams in the roof shall be gasketed and capped
to prevent water infiltration into the unit.
7. Casing panels (top, sides, and bottom) shall be
one piece double-wall construction with insulation sealed between the inner and outer panels.
Panel assemblies shall not carry an R-value of
less than 13.
8. Casing deflection shall not exceed a 1:200 ratio
when subject to an internal pressure of
8-in. wg. Casing leakage rate shall be less
than 1% at 8 in. wg of nominal unit airflow or
50 cfm, whichever is greater. Leakage rate shall
be tested and documented on a routine basis on
random production units. Optionally, factory
witness leak testing and/or test reports shall be
available.
9. Side panels shall be easily removable for access
to unit and shall seal against a full perimeter
automotive style gasket to ensure a tight seal.
10. The panel retention system shall comply with
UL 1995 which states all moving parts (for
example, fan blades, blower wheels, pulleys,
and belts) that, if accidentally contacted, could
cause bodily injury, shall be guarded against
accidental contact by an enclosure requiring
tools for removal.
11. Base rail shall overhang the curb to facilitate
water run-off and protection of the curb to base
connection from water intrusion.

100

12. Accessibility options shall be as follows:


a. Hinged double-wall access door on either
side with removable access panel(s) on the
other side.
b. Hinged double-wall access doors on both
sides.
c. Removable double-wall access panels on
both sides.
13. Depending on the options selected and the
remaining available space inside each section,
the following options may be available:
a. Thermal pane reinforced glass viewports
shall be factory-installed on the access
panel(s) or door(s) of this section.
b. Marine lights shall be factory-installed with
or without GCFI (ground fault circuit interrupter) convenience outlets.
14. Fan supports, structural members, panels, or
flooring shall not be welded, unless aluminum,
stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant
material is used. Painted welds on unit exterior
steel or galvanized steel are not acceptable.
15. All coil sections shall be solid double-wall construction with insulation sealed between the
inner and outer panels. Panel assemblies shall
not carry an R-value of less than 13.
16. Blow-thru fan sections shall have a diffuser
plate as an integral part of the fan section.
B. Access Doors:
Access doors shall be one piece double-wall construction with insulation sealed between the inner
and outer panels. Panel assemblies shall not carry an
R-value of less than 13.
C. Drain Pans:
Drain pans shall be insulated double-wall galvanized
or stainless steel construction. The pan shall be
sloped toward the drain connection. Drain pan shall
have 11/2-in. MPT connection exiting through the
hand side or opposite side of the casing as specified.
Drain connection shall be insulated from the drain
pan to the point at which it exits the casing. One
drain outlet shall be supplied for each cooling coil
section. Drain pan shall allow no standing water and
comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. Where
2 or more coils are stacked in a coil bank, intermediate drain pans shall be provided and the condensate
shall be piped to the bottom drain pan. The bottom
coil shall not serve as a drain path for the upper coil.
D. Roof Curbs:
1. Roof curb shall be delivered to jobsite in an
unassembled, knockdown state.
2. Curb shall be constructed of 14-gage G-90 galvanized steel, 14 in. or 24 inches in height.
3. Full perimeter wood nailers shall be securely
mounted to curb sheet metal.

4. Curb channel supports will be supplied on all


curbs exceeding 10 ft in total unit airway
length.
5. Gasketing between curb and unit shall be
shipped for field installation with the unit curb.
6. Coil connection housing curb will be offered
optionally to enclose coil piping. Multiple coil
connection housings may be specified (up to
two per side).
E. Hoods and Louvers:
1. Outside Air Hoods:
a. Outside air hoods shall be constructed of
20-gage galvanized G-90 steel and sized for
100% of unit nominal cfm.
b. Hoods shall include easily accessible 1-in.
moisture eliminators with a maximum velocity of no more than 500 fpm.
2. Exhaust Air Hoods:
a. Exhaust air hoods shall be constructed of
16-gage galvanized G-90 steel and shipped
collapsed in place.
b. Expanded metal bird screen shall be provided to prevent entry of unwanted materials
into air handler.
3. Side Intake Louvers:
a. Frames and blades shall be 6063 alloy,
0.081 in. thick, mechanically fastened with
stainless steel fasteners. Frame depth shall
be 6 inches.
b. Vertical blades shall be designed to collect and
drain water to exterior at sill by means of a
center rain hook and channels in jambs and
mullions.
c. Louvers shall have 1/2-in. mesh removable
aluminum bird screen.
d. Visible mullions required for louver widths
greater than 96 inches.
e. Provide sill-flashing pans 4 in. high by full
depth formed from minimum 0.060 in. thick
aluminum.
f. Louvers shall be designed to withstand a
wind load of 25 lb per sq ft.
g. Water penetration shall be no more than
0.01 oz per sq ft of free area at 1250 fpm
per AMCA publication 511. The AMCA test
was unable to determine the beginning
water penetration for this louver due to the
fact that it lies above 1250 fpm through free
area.
h. Louver shall have a mill finish.
2.03 FANS
A. General:
1. Forward-curved fans shall have one doublewidth double-inlet (DWDI) fan wheel and scroll.
They shall be constructed of galvanized steel
with baked enamel. They shall be designed for

2.

3.

114

4.

5.

continuous operation at the maximum rated fan


speed and motor horsepower. Fans shall have
an AMCA class rating corresponding to the
static pressure at which the fan is designed to
operate (Class I or II). Completed fan assembly
shall be dynamically balanced in accordance
with 1989 ARI Guideline G and ANSI S2.191986 at design operating speed using contract
drive and motor if ordered.
Airfoil fan sections shall have one DWDI airfoil
fan wheel and scroll. Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design constructed of heavy gage,
high strength steel or aluminum continuously
welded to the backplate and the spun inlet
flange. Entire fan assembly shall be cleaned,
primed and painted with alkyd enamel, except
for an aluminum fan wheel when supplied. Fans
shall have an AMCA class rating corresponding
to the static pressure at which the fan is
designed to operate (Class I, II, or III). Completed fan assembly shall be dynamically balanced to minimum grade of G 6.3 per ANSI/
AMCA 204-96 at design operating speed using
contract drive and motor if ordered.
Belt drive plenum fan sections shall have one single-width single-inlet (SWSI) airfoil fan wheel.
Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design
constructed of heavy gage, high strength steel or
aluminum continuously welded to the backplate
and the spun inlet flange. Entire fan assembly
shall be cleaned, primed and painted with alkyd
enamel, except for an aluminum fan wheel when
supplied. They shall be designed for continuous
operation at the maximum rated fan speed and
motor horsepower. Fans shall have an AMCA
class rating corresponding to the static pressure
at which the fan is designed to operate (Class I,
II, or III). Completed fan assembly shall be
dynamically balanced to minimum grade of
G 6.3 per ANSI/AMCA 204-96 at design operating speed using contract drive and motor if
ordered.
Direct drive plenum fan sections shall have one
or more single width single inlet (SWSI) airfoil
fan wheel(s). Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design continuously welded to the back
plate and the front plate. Fan wheel shall be
constructed of aluminum. Airfoil blades shall be
aluminum extrusions and shall be top welded to
the back plate and front plate of the wheel.
Fan wheel shall be dynamically balanced per
ISO standard 1940 quality grade G6.3.
Fan assembly vibration shall not exceed
0.248 in. per second when mounted on active
isolators. Vibration shall be measured in both
vertical and horizontal directions at the specified fan operating speed using specified motor.
Accelerometers shall be mounted on the motor
near the bearing locations.

101

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)

B.

C.

D.

E.

102

6. All fan sled components shall provide corrosion


protection to pass 100-hour salt spray test per
ASTM B-117.
7. Fan wheels shall be keyed to the shaft and shall
be designed for continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower.
Fan wheels and shafts shall be selected with a
maximum operating speed 25% below the first
critical.
8. Belt drive fan motor shall be mounted within the
fan section casing on slide rails equipped with
adjusting screws. Motor shall be premium efficiency, open drip-proof or totally enclosed fan
cooled NEMA Design A or B with size and electrical characteristics as shown on the equipment
schedule. Motor shall be mounted on a horizontal flat surface and shall not be supported by
the fan or its structural members. All threephase motors shall have a 10% voltage utilization range and a 1.15 minimum service factor.
Motor shall be compliant with the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007
where applicable. Single-phase motors shall be
available up to and including 5 hp.
Performance Ratings:
Fan performance shall be rated and certified in
accordance with AHRI Standard 430.
Sound Ratings:
Manufacturer shall submit first through eighth
octave sound power for fan discharge and casing
radiated sound. Sound ratings shall be tested in
accordance with AHRI 260.
Mounting:
Fan scroll, wheel, shaft, bearings, drives, and motor
shall be mounted on a common base assembly. The
base assembly is isolated from the outer casing with
factory-installed isolators and vibration absorbent an
discharge seal. A canvas style duct connection
between fan discharge and cabinet is not acceptable.
Units shall use 2-in. deflection spring isolators.
Fan Accessories:
1. Forward curved fans:
a. Variable frequency drives with or without
bypass.
b. Magnetic motor starters.
c. Motor disconnects.
d. Belt guards.
e. Inlet screen.
2. Airfoil fans:
a. Variable frequency drives with or without
bypass.
b. Magnetic motor starters.
c. Motor disconnects.
d. Belt guards.
e. Inlet screen.

114

F.

2.04
A.

B.

C.

3. Belt drive plenum fans:


a. Variable frequency drives with or without
bypass.
b. Magnetic motor starters.
c. Motor disconnects.
d. Inlet screen and wheel cage.
4. Direct Drive Plenum Fans:
a. Variable frequency drives.
b. Motor protection box for motor current protection with a single VFD driving multiple
motors.
c. Airflow measuring piezo ring.
d. Piezo ring transducer.
e. Motor shaft grounding ring.
f. Inlet guard.
g. Outlet guard.
Flexible Connection:
The base assembly is isolated from the outer casing
with factory-installed isolators and vibration absorbent
fan discharge seal. A canvas style duct connection
between fan discharge and cabinet is not acceptable.
BEARINGS AND DRIVES
Bearings:
Self-aligning, grease lubricated, anti-friction with
lubrication fittings extended to drive side of fan section. Optional grease fittings extended to the exterior of the casing are available. All bearing life
calculations shall be done in accordance with ABMA
9 for ball bearings and ABMA 11 for roller bearings.
1. Size 03 to 110 forward-curved fans: Cartridge
type bearings for Class I fans. Heavy-duty pillow
block type, self-aligning, regreasable ball or
roller type bearings selected for a minimum
average life (L50) of 200,000 hours or optionally for an (L50) of 500,000 hours.
2. Size 03 to 110 airfoil fans: Heavy-duty pillow
block type, self-aligning, regreasable ball or
roller type bearings selected for a minimum
average life (L50) of 200,000 hours or optionally for an (L50) of 500,000 hours.
3. Size 06 to 110 belt-drive plenum fans: Heavyduty pillow block type, self-aligning, regreasable
roller type bearings selected for a minimum
average life (L50) of 200,000 hours or optionally for an (L50) of 500,000 hours.
Shafts:
Fan shafts shall be solid steel, turned, ground,
polished and coated with a rust inhibitor.
V-Belt Drive:
Drive shall be designed for a minimum 1.2 service
factor as standard with a 1.5 service factor option
and/or a factory-supplied extra set of belts. Drives
shall be fixed pitch with optional variable pitch for
motors 15 hp and less. All drives shall be factory
mounted, with sheaves aligned and belts properly
tensioned.

2.05 COILS
A. All water, steam and direct expansion (DX) refrigerant coils shall be provided to meet the scheduled
performance. All coil performance shall be certified
in accordance with AHRI Standard 410. All water
and direct expansion coils shall be tested at 450 psig
air pressure. Direct expansion coils shall be designed
and tested in accordance with ASHRAE/ANSI 15
Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration (latest
edition). Factory-supplied 1/2-in. OD coils shall be
covered under the standard product one-year limited
warranty. All steam coils, integral face and bypass
coils and 5/8-in. OD coils shall be warranted for a
period not in excess of 12 months from their shipment from the manufacturer. Coil epoxy coating
shall be covered under a 5-year limited warranty
from the date of shipment from the manufacturer.
B. General Fabrication:
1. All water and refrigerant coils shall have minimum 1/2-in. OD copper tubes mechanically
expanded into fins to ensure high thermal performance with lower total flow and pumping
requirements. Minimum tube wall thickness
shall be 0.016 inches. Optional tube wall thickness of 0.025 in. shall be supplied, if specified.
2. Optionally, water coils shall have minimum
5/ -in. OD copper tubes mechanically expanded
8
into fins to ensure high thermal performance
with lower total flow and pumping requirements. Minimum tube wall thickness shall be
0.020 inches. Optional tube wall thickness of
0.035 in. shall be supplied, if specified.
3. Aluminum plate fin type with belled collars.
Optional copper plate fins shall be supplied, if
specified.
4. Aluminum-finned coils shall be supplied with
die-formed casing and tube sheets of mill galvanized steel or stainless steel as specified. Copper-finned coils shall be supplied with stainless
steel casing and tube sheets.
C. Hydronic Heating and Cooling Coils:
1. Headers shall be constructed of steel with steel
MPT connections. Headers shall have drain and
vent connections accessible from the exterior of
the unit. Optional non-ferrous headers and red
brass MPT connections shall be supplied if
specified.
2. Configuration: Coils shall be drainable, with
non-trapping circuits. Coils will be suitable for a
design working pressure of 300 psig at 200 F.
D. Steam Distribution (Non-Freeze Type) Heating
Coils:
1. Headers shall be steel with MPT connections.
2. Inner steam distributing tubes shall be 5/8-in.
OD, 0.020 in. wall thickness, located within
1 in. OD, 0.030 in. wall outer condensing tubes.
Working pressure shall be 175 psig at 400 F.

114

3. Inner steam distributing tubes shall be 3/8-in.


OD, 0.020 in. wall thickness, located within
5/ -in. OD, 0.035 in. wall outer condensing
8
tubes. Working pressure shall be 175 psig at
400 F.
E. Integral Face and Bypass Coils:
1. Sizes 03-14 shall have horizontal steam or hot
water coils with a tubewall thickness of not less
than 0.020 inches. Tubes shall be mechanically
expanded into die formed collars formed in aluminum plate type fins.
2. Sizes 17-110 shall have vertical steam or hot
water coils with a tubewall thickness of not less
than 0.035 inches. Fins shall be spiral edgewound copper. Tubes shall be free-floating for
thermal expansion and contraction without the
use of offset bends or floating headers.
F. Refrigerant Coils:
1. Headers shall be constructed of copper with
brazed joints.
2. Standard circuiting selections include:
a. Single distributor arrangement for sizes 03-17.
b. Row split intertwined, multiple distributor
arrangement for sizes 03-110.
c. Face split, multiple distributor arrangement
for sizes 03-110.
3. Replaceable nozzle, brass refrigerant distributors and seamless copper distribution tubes are
supplied to ensure uniform flow.
4. Submittals must include a DX coil and condensing unit cross plot to show that the coil and
condensing unit capacity match at the rated
design conditions.
G. Electric Heating Section:
1. The electric heater casing is constructed of galvanized steel. Heater control box access door
shall be mounted on the designated hand side
of the unit. Element construction as follows:
a. Open-wire type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium resistance coils, insulated by Steatite
bushings and supported in a galvanized steel
frame. Bushings shall be recessed into
embossed openings and stacked into supporting brackets, spaced no more than 4-in.
centers. Thermal cutouts for overtemperature protection shall be provided to meet UL
and NEC requirements. Maximum element
heating density shall be 55 watts/sq inch.
1) Contactor control - electric heaters up
through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of
control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6
stages of control.
2) SCR control - electric heaters up
through a maximum of 90 amps are
available with full SCR control. The
entire heater is modulated to achieve the

103

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)


proportional control based on a 0 to 10
volt DC or 4 to 20 mA control signal.
3) Vernier control - the heater has full modulating control of the first circuit of heat,
all of which is rated at equal kW increments. There is a minimum of 3 circuits
for this type of control. These stage
increments are turned on and off by a
step controller. As each stage fulfills the
demand for heat, the SCR increment is
used as a fully modulating filler between
stages. This end output is a fully proportional control of the electric heater
based on a 0 to 10 volt DC or 4 to
20 mA control signal.
b. Sheathed type, 80% nickel, 20% chromium
resistance coils, suspended in a magnesium
oxide insulator fill within a tubular steel
sheath/brazed fin assembly. Silicone rubber
end seals shall prevent contamination of the
interior, and the exterior shall be protected
from corrosion by a high temperature aluminum coating. Thermal cutouts for overtemperature protection shall be provided to meet UL
and NEC requirements. Maximum element
heating density shall be 55 watts/sq inch.
1) Contactor control - electric heaters up
through 60 kW shall have 3 stages of
control, beyond 60 kW shall have 6
stages of control.
2. The manufacturer shall furnish an integral control box containing thermal cutouts, primary
control, subcircuit fusing, airflow switch, and
fused control transformer.
3. Electric heaters shall be UL listed for zero clearance and shall meet all applicable National Electric Code requirements.
4. Units with electric heat sections shall be listed
under UL 1995 Standard for Safety.
2.06 GAS HEATING SECTION
A. Indirect fired gas furnace section(s) shall have a minimum thermal efficiency of 80% and incorporate
agency listed gas-fired duct furnace(s) per UL, CSA,
or ETL for operation on natural or propane gas to
the current edition of ANSI Z83.8 or Canadian CSA
2.6 Standard for Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces. Duct furnaces shall be installed on the positive pressure side
of the supply fan only.
B. The duct furnace modules shall have:
1. 20 gage galvanized steel heat exchanger cabinet.
2. 1 in. thick, minimum 1 1/2 lb/cu ft density thermal insulation for the heat exchanger cabinet.
3. Each furnace shall have an induced-draft fan for
the removal of flue gases and to keep the heat
exchanger at a negative pressure.
4. Air pressure switches to prove air supply for
combustion before operation of gas valve.
114
104

C.

D.

E.

F.

5. Patented inshot gas burners with integral carryovers.


6. Direct-spark ignition of the gas burners with
remote flame sensor to prove carryover across
all burners.
7. A listed 24-vac redundant combination gas
valve including two electric shutoff valves, gas
pressure regulator, and a manual shutoff valve
per furnace.
8. An automatic reset type high limit switch to
limit maximum outlet air temperature to less
than 250 F.
9. Manual reset flame rollout switches.
10. Minimum of one 40 va, 24 vac control transformer.
1
11. /8 in. NPT tapped test gage connection in the
gas manifold for measuring gas pressure.
12. Union fitting downstream of gas control to facilitate installation and service
13. Provision for attachment of a vent system to
exhaust flue gases to the outdoors.
Gas-fired duct furnace(s) provided shall have an 18
gage tubular heat exchanger assembly suitable to
withstand 3.0 in. wg total external static pressure
without burner flame disturbance and constructed of
either:
1. Type 409 stainless steel (0.044 minimum wall
thickness) produced to ASTM A268.
2. Type 304L stainless tubes (0.047 minimum
wall thickness) produced to ASTM A249.
Gas heating section modules shall be listed for application downstream of refrigeration and cooling systems and shall provide means for removal of
condensate that occurs in the tubes during cooling
operation. Heat exchanger tubes shall have (integral
formed dimpled restrictors; formed tubulators) to
provide for an unobstructed drainage path and tubes
shall be formed to provide a positive pitch to promote condensate drainage. Drainage shall be configured so that burners and burner surfaces are not
exposed to condensate.
Gas heating section shall incorporate a direct-spark
ignition control module listed by one of the following: US, CSA, or ETL.
Controls shall provide:
1. 100% safety shutoff.
2. A 15-second minimum pre-purge period prior
to trial for ignition.
3. High-energy direct-spark ignition of main burners.
4. Electronic flame supervision incorporating a
0.8-second flame failure response time.
5. Up to 2 additional ignition retrials preceded by
an inter-purge period.
6. A minimum 30-second post-purge.

G.
H.
I.

J.

K.

L.
M.

N.

2.07
A.

B.

C. The vertical steam discharge pipes shall be con7. Automatic reset after one hour to initiate addistructed of 316 stainless steel. Each pipe shall have
tional ignition trials if lockout occurs during heat
a full-length, inverted slot on each side for steam discall.
charge at 100% air to steam contact. Nozzles and
8. An LED indicator light to provide a flash code
holes have less than 15% air to steam contact and
to identify the operating condition of the conare, therefore, unacceptable.
trol.
D.
A full-length stainless steel fishbone shaped baffle
Gas heating section shall be equipped for operation
shall
be used inside the vertical discharge pipe to
with 115 vac, single-phase, 60 Hz power supply.
wick condensate away from the discharge slots and
All electrical components shall be listed or recogback to the center of the pipe for re-evaporation.
nized by UL, CSA, or ETL.
E. The feeder manifolds shall be constructed of 316
Gas Furnace Control:
stainless steel, sized to move the steam in a specific
1. Single furnace Operates from 10 to 100%
mass-flow speed range, for maximum condensate
of input from a single analog input of 0 to 10
separation. Final condensate separation shall occur
vdc.
inside the feeder manifolds, after the control valve,
with the dried steam then injected directly into the
2. Two furnaces in series Lead unit operates
vertical discharge pipes.
from 20 to 100% of input and secondary unit
operates in two-stage operation to achieve
F. Insulated uprights provide a cushion of air that
overall system input of 10 to 100% from a sinreduces both heat gain and condensate formation.
gle analog input of 0 to 10 vdc.
Insulated models have nozzles inserted in the
uprights to ensure that only dry steam is delivered
3. Furnace rack systems Multiple furnaces
into the air.
operate from a single analog input of 0 to 10
vdc with a lead modulating furnace and multiple
G. The steam humidifier shall be designed with slip fitsecondary two-stage furnaces to achieve overall
tings for easy assembly. The steam humidifier shall
system input of 10 to 100%. (10:1 turndown
be designed without plastic nozzles, collars, o-rings
minimum; most rack systems provide greater
or gaskets for zero maintenance.
than 10:1 turndown.)
2.08 FILTER SECTIONS
Electronic modulation Operates from 10 to
A. Flat filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in. fil100% of input from a single analog input of 0 to 10
ters. Sections shall include side access slide rails.
vdc. Heat enable contact (supplied by others) initiB. Angle filter sections shall accept either 2-in. or 4-in.
ates and ends heating cycles. Heating unit incorpofilters of standard sizes, arranged in a horizontal V
rates two-speed operation of combustion air blower
formation.
and two-stage gas valve, signal amplifier and timer

C. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall be caparelay control.


ble of accepting headered standard size 6-in. to
Gas supply pressure to the gas valve inlet shall be
12-in. deep rigid media or bag filters and a 2-in. pre5.0 to 13.5 in. wg for natural gas or 11.0 to 13.5
filter.
in. wg for propane gas.

D. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections shall be capaUnits are orificed for operation up to 2000 ft above
ble of accepting headered standard size 12-in. to
sea level unless specified for high altitude operation.
30-in. deep rigid media or bag filters and a 2-in. preDuct furnaces shall be test-fired prior to shipment to
filter.
verify proper ignition, operation and shutdown and
E.
Blow-thru
bag/cartridge filter sections shall contain
satisfactory operation of all components.
a face loading filter frame and be capable of acceptFurnaces shall be provided with printed installation
ing standard size 12-in. deep rigid media (headered
and maintenance instructions, burner operating and
or box) or bag filters.
maintenance instructions, piping and wiring diaF.
Blow-thru
HEPA filter sections shall contain a face
grams and installation start-up data sheet.
loading filter frame and be capable of accepting
HUMIDIFIERS
standard size 12-in. deep HEPA box filters.
The humidifiers shall be of the direct discharge type,
G. Magnehelic Gages:
using steam from existing steam lines or boilers to
1. Housing shall be constructed of a die cast alumibe injected into the air plenums for humidification.
num case and bezel with acrylic cover. Exterior
Each humidifier shall consist of multiple, vertical
finish shall be coated gray to withstand 168 hr
steam discharge pipes, supported on horizontal
salt spray corrosion test.
header manifolds, spaced to provide the optimum of
2.
Accuracy
shall be 2% of full scale throughout
steam to air contact while minimizing pressure drop.
range
at
70
F (21.1 C).
Each humidifier shall be sized to nominally match
the air plenum width and height for maximum con3. Pressure limits shall be 20 in. Hg to 15 psig
tact of the discharging steam to the air passing
(0.677 bar to 1.034 bar).
around the vertical steam discharge pipes.
114
105

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)


4. Overpressure relief plugs shall open at approximately 25 psig (1.72 kPa).
5. Temperature limits shall be 20 to 140 F (6.67
to 60 C).
6. Diameter of dial face shall be 4 in. (101.6 mm).
7. Process connections shall be 1/8-in. female
NPT duplicate high and low pressure taps
one pair side and one pair back.
2.09 DAMPERS
A. Factory-supplied dampers shall be warranted to be
free from defects in material and workmanship for a
period of 12 months after being installed or placed
in service, but in no instance shall the period of warranty be longer than 18 months from the date of the
original shipment by the manufacturer.
B. Mixing boxes, filter-mixing boxes, and exhaust
boxes shall have parallel or opposed blades and
interconnecting outside-air and return-air dampers.
1. Standard Dampers:
Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with blade seals and stainless steel
jamb seals. Blades shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in self-lubricating
synthetic bearings. Maximum leakage rate shall
be 4 cfm/ft2 at 1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential
pressure.
2. Premium Dampers:
Damper blades shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a double-skin airfoil design, with
blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Blades
shall be mechanically fastened to axle rods
rotating in self-lubricating synthetic bearings.
Maximum leakage rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at
1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
3. Outside Air Measurement Dampers:
a. Damper frame shall be nominal 4 in. x 1 in.
x minimum 0.081 in. (102 mm x 25 mm x
minimum 2 mm) and constructed of
6063-T5 extruded aluminum.
b. Airflow measuring blades shall be airfoilshaped, heavy gage anodized 6063-T5
extruded aluminum and fixed in 10 in. x
minimum 16 gage (254 mm x minimum
1.5 mm) galvanized steel frame.
c. Jamb seals shall be flexible metal compression type along control damper sides.
d. Blade seals shall be neoprene along control
damper blade edges.
e. Bearings shall be molded synthetic.
f. Linkage shall be galvanized steel, concealed
in frame.
g. Axles shall be minimum 1/2-in. (13 mm)
diameter plated steel, hex-shaped, mechanically attached to blade.
h. Operating temperature shall be 22 to
140 F (30 to 60 C).

106

i. Air straightener section shall be aluminum


alloy honeycomb contained in 5 in. (127 mm)
long, 16 gage (1.5 mm) galvanized steel
sleeve attached to monitoring blade frame.
j. Airflow range shall be 400 to 5,000 ft per
minute (122 to 1524 m/min) face velocity.
k. Maximum leakage rate shall be 2 cfm/ft2 at
1 in. wg (0.25 kPa) differential pressure.
C. Integral Face and Bypass Dampers:
1. Integral face and bypass (IFB) coils shall be
capable of maintaining a constant air volume,
within 5%, shall be capable of maintaining a
constant leaving air temperature as entering air
conditions vary, and shall be capable of producing mixed leaving air temperatures within 3 ft
downstream with a maximum variance in air
temperature of 5 F, regardless of damper
position.
2. When no heating is required, dampers shall
divert air to bypass around heating surface with
minimal temperature override.
3. Coil casing, dampers and baffles shall be fabricated from galvanized steel with an option for
stainless steel. Coils shall be tested at 300 psig.
4. Integral face and bypass coils shall be provided
with a connection point for field-mounted actuator(s), electrical or pneumatic, or can be provided from the factory at an additional cost.
5. Actuator connection point shall be mechanically
attached to dampers via linkage mechanisms.
Dampers shall be interconnected for operation
simultaneously across each face of coil.
D. Internal Face and Bypass Dampers:
Internal face and bypass dampers shall be factory
mounted in galvanized steel frame. Damper blades
shall be constructed of galvanized steel, with high
temperature blade and edge seals. Blades shall be
mechanically fastened to axle rods rotating in selflubricating synthetic bearings. To eliminate blade
warping, face dampers shall be sectionalized to limit
blade length to 60 in. maximum. Face damper
blades shall be opposed and arranged to match coil
face with top bypass, and internal linkage.
2.010AIR MIXER
Air mixer of 0.081-in. aluminum construction of
size, performance and maximum pressure drop indicated. The air mixer shall mix two or more airstreams of differing temperature to within 6 F of
theoretical mixed-air temperature and provide a
more uniform air velocity contour entering a downstream filter or coil bank.
2.11 UV-C GERMICIDAL LAMPS
A. Emitters and fixtures for UV-C lamps shall be
designed for use inside an HVAC system and shall
be covered by a 1 year warranty. Individual lamp
output shall be measured in an ASME nozzled test
apparatus using a 45 F airstream moving at not less
than 400 fpm. Lamp output at 253.7 nm shall not

be less than 10 W/cm2 per inch of arc length measured at a distance of one meter.
B. Power supplies for UV-C lamps shall be a highefficiency electronic type which are matched to the
emitters and are capable of producing the specified
output intensity with an input power no more than
80 watts.
C. Fixtures for UV-C lamps shall be factory installed
and wired to a SPDT disconnect switch and door
interlock switches in each door. Fixtures are wired
for 120 v/single ph requiring a minimum circuit
ampacity of 15 amps. Lamps shall ship separately
for field installation to minimize the chance for bulb
damage.
D. Emitters and fixtures shall be installed in sufficient
quantity and arranged so as to provide an equal distribution of UV-C energy on the coil and drain pan.
E. The minimum UV-C energy striking the leading
edge of the coil pan shall be not less than
820 W/cm2 at the closest point and through placement, not less than 60% of that value at the farthest
point. Equal amounts are to strike the drain pan,
either directly or indirectly through reflection.
F. Emitters and fixtures shall be installed such that
UV-C energy strikes all surfaces of the coil, drain
pan, and the available line of sight airstream.
2.12 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
A. Marine Lights and Convenience Outlets:
1. Cast, non-ferrous metal, weatherproof, fixture.
2. Cast, non-ferrous metal, weatherproof, electrical junction box.
3. Gasketed, heat and shock resistant glass globe
protects against moisture and debris.
4. Cast, non-ferrous metal lamp guard to protect
glass globe.
5. UL listed.
6. 100 watt type A lamp maximum capacity.
7. Each fixture is equipped with a 75 watt,
130 volt, long life, vibration resistant, lamp
(8000+ hour
typical lamp life), factory
installed.
8. Cast, non-ferrous metal, single gang, weatherproof, switch enclosure.
9. With convenience outlet: Factory supplied and
wired, SPST, toggle switch and 15 amp,
120 vac/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15 type, ground fault
circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle, weatherproof, In-Use type, lockable cover, UL listed.
10. Without convenience outlet: Factory supplied
and wired, SPST switch with non-ferrous metal,
weatherproof cover plate, UL listed.
11. Each fixture is factory wired to an externally
mounted switch box. (Field power connections
are made to the switch box mounted externally
on the unit.)

12. All factory wiring penetrating through the panel


is protected in RIGID type metal conduit.
B. Disconnects:
Factory-supplied disconnects shall be covered under
a 1 year limited warranty from the manufacturer
from the date of shipment.
1. 115-230 volt/single-phase non-fused disconnects shall have the following characteristics:
a. Plated current carrying components for
superior corrosion protection.
b. Factory-installed equipment grounding terminals with slot/square drive screws.
c. Rated for motor disconnect applications
(10 hp maximum).
d. NEMA type 3R non-metallic enclosure.
e. Up to 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, when protected by a fuse or circuit
breaker rated 60 amperes or less.
f. Cover padlock hasp.
g. Pull-out cartridge type.
h. UL listed.
2. 115-230 volt/single-phase fused disconnects
shall have the following characteristics:
a. Visible blades.
b. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism.
c. Cover padlock hasp and handle lock OFF.
d. 240 vac maximum.
e. Factory supplied and installed class RK5
fuses.
f. Up to 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, utilizing appropriately rated, factory
supplied, Class R fuses.
g. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
h. Tangential combination knockouts for field
wiring.
i. Spring reinforced plated copper fuse clips.
j. NEMA type 3R enclosures.
k. Insulated, bondable solid neutral assemblies.
l. UL listed, File E2875.
m. Meet or exceed NEMA KS1-1990.
3. 200-230 volt/3-phase fused and non-fused disconnects shall have the following characteristics:
a. Visible blades.
b. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism.
c. Cover padlock hasp and handle lock OFF.
d. 240 vac maximum.
e. Factory supplied and installed class RK5
fuses (fused disconnects only).
f. Up to 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, utilizing appropriately rated Class R
fuses.
g. Horsepower rated for motor applications.

107

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)


h. Tangential combination knockouts for field
wiring.
i. Spring reinforced plated copper fuse clips.
j. NEMA type 3R enclosures.
k. Insulated, bondable solid neutral assemblies.
l. UL listed, File E2875.
m. Meet or exceed NEMA KS1-1990.
4. 380-575 volt/3-phase fused and non-fused disconnects shall have the following characteristics:
a. Visible switch blades with for positive OFF
indication.
b. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism.
c. Dual cover interlock.
d. Color coded ON OFF indicator
handle.
e. Cover padlock hasp and handle lock OFF
provision for multiple padlocks.
f. 600 vac maximum.
g. Factory supplied and installed class RK5
fuses (fused disconnects only).
h. Up to 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes
SCCR, utilizing appropriately rated Class R
fuses.
i. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
j. Spring reinforced plated copper fuse clips.
k. Tangential combination knockouts.
l. NEMA type 3R enclosures.
m. Insulated, bondable solid neutral assemblies.
n. Wire terminations suitable for aluminum or
copper conductors.
o. UL listed.
p. Meet or exceed NEMA KS1-1999.
C. Starters:
Factory-supplied disconnects shall be covered under
a 1 year limited warranty from the manufacturer
from the date of shipment.
1. Starter without disconnect:
a. Adjustable motor overload with trip
indication.
b. Manual overload reset button (accessible
without opening enclosure).
c. 115-v fused secondary control transformer
(fuse included fused primary and secondary over 50 amps).
d. Hand/Off/Auto selector switch (accessible
without opening enclosure).
e. Separate 4-position terminal strip for
remote H-O-A wiring.
f. C series contactors.
g. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
h. NEMA 4X type non-metallic enclosures.
i. Lug connections for field wiring.
108

j. Factory mounted, wired, and run tested with


factory-supplied motor.
k. UL listed.
2. Combination Starter/Disconnect:
a. Non-fused UL 508 disconnect switch with
lockable handle (locks not provided).
b. Cover interlock.
c. Adjustable motor overload with trip indication.
d. Manual overload reset button (accessible
without opening enclosure).
e. 115-v fused secondary control transformer
(fuse included fused primary and secondary over 50 amps).
f. Hand/Off/Auto selector switch (accessible
without opening enclosure).
g. Separate 4-position terminal strip for
remote H-O-A wiring.
h. C series contactors.
i. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
j. NEMA 4X type non-metallic enclosures.
k. Lug connections for field power wiring.
l. Factory mounted, wired, and run tested with
factory-supplied motor.
D. Bypass for Variable Frequency Drives:
Factory-supplied bypasses shall be covered under a
1 year limited warranty from the manufacturer from
the date of shipment.
1. 200-230 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (1 to 7.5 Hp), 460575 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (1 to 20 Hp), 380 v/3 Ph/
50 Hz (1 to 15 Hp):
a. 4-position panel-mounted disconnect style
switch with lockable handle (locks not provided), meets OSHA 1910.
b. Switch position indication (LINE/OFF/
DRIVE/TEST).
c. Adjustable motor overload with trip
indication (LINE position).
d. Manual overload reset button.
e. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
f. Direct control (no contactors, relays, or
holding coils).
g. Complete isolation of inverter in LINE
position.
h. NEMA 4 type metal enclosures.
i. Terminal strip provided for field power
supply wiring.
j. Lug connection for field ground wire.
k. Gold flashed, auxiliary switch contact set (for
switch position monitoring).
l. Factory mounted, wired to VFD and motor,
and run tested (motor and VFD must be
factory supplied and installed).
m. UL; UL, Canada; CE listed.

2. 200-230 v /3 Ph/60 Hz (10 to 75 Hp), 460575 v/3 Ph/60 Hz (25 to 150 Hp), 380 v/
3 Ph/50 Hz (20 to 75 Hp):
a. 4-position panel-mounted disconnect style
switch with lockable handle (locks not provided), meets OSHA 1910.
b. Switch position indication (LINE/OFF/
DRIVE/TEST).
c. Adjustable motor overload with trip
indication (in LINE position).
d. Manual overload reset button.
e. Horsepower rated for motor applications.
f. 115-v control transformer with fused secondary (fused primary on units over 50 amps).
g. Contactor for Line Start/Stop.
h. Door-mounted Line Start and Line Stop
pushbuttons.
i. Complete isolation of inverter in LINE
position.
j. NEMA 12 type metal enclosures.
k. Terminal strip provided for field power
supply wiring.
l. Lug connection for field ground wire.
m. Gold flashed, auxiliary switch contact set (for
switch position monitoring).
n. Factory mounted, wired to VFD and motor,
and run tested (motor and VFD must be
factory supplied and installed).
o. UL; UL, Canada; CE listed.
E. Variable Frequency Drives:
1. Factory-mounted variable frequency drives
(VFDs) shall be wired to factory-supplied
motors.
2. Factory-supplied VFDs are programmed and
started up from the factory and qualify the
VFD, through ABB, for a 24-month warranty
from date of commissioning or 30 months from
date of sale, whichever occurs first.
3. The VFD parameters are programmed into the
controller and removable keypad. In the event
that the VFD fails and needs replacement, the
program can then be uploaded to the replacement VFD via the original keypad.
4. The VFD shall be mounted inside the unit cabinet shielded from upstream components and
within the units ambient conditions. Access to
the VFD shall be through the units hinged
access door.
5. The VFD package as specified herein shall be
enclosed in a UL Listed type enclosure, exceeding NEMA enclosure design criteria (enclosures
with only NEMA ratings are not acceptable),
completely assembled and tested by the manufacturer in an ISO 9001 facility. The VFD tolerated voltage window shall allow the VFD to

operate from a line of +30% nominal, and


35% nominal voltage as a minimum.
a. Environmental operating conditions: VFDs
shall be capable of continuous operation at
15 to 40 C (5 to 104 F) ambient temperature with no frost allowed as per VFD manufacturers documented/submittal data or VFD
must be oversized to meet these temperature
requirements. Not acceptable are VFDs that
can only operate at 40 C intermittently
(average during a 24-hour period) and therefore must be oversized. VFDs shall be capable of operating at altitude 0 to 3300 ft
above sea level and less than 95% humidity,
non-condensing. All circuit boards shall
have conformal coating.
b. Enclosure shall be rated UL Type 1 and shall
be UL listed as a plenum rated VFD. VFDs
without these ratings are not acceptable.
Type 1 enclosures with only NEMA ratings
are not acceptable (must be UL Type 1).
6. All VFDs shall have the following standard
features:
a. All VFDs shall have the same customer interface, including digital display, and keypad,
regardless of horsepower rating. The keypad shall be removable, capable of remote
mounting and allow for uploading and
downloading of parameter settings as an aid
for start-up of multiple VFDs.
b. The keypad shall include Hand-Off-Auto
selections and manual speed control. The
drive shall incorporate bumpless transfer
of speed reference when switching between
Hand and Auto modes. There shall be
fault reset and Help buttons on the keypad. The Help button shall include on-line
assistance for programming and troubleshooting.
c. There shall be a built-in timeclock in the
VFD keypad. The clock shall have a battery
back-up with 10 years minimum life span.
The clock shall be used to date and time
stamp faults and record operating parameters at the time of fault. If the battery fails,
the VFD shall automatically revert to hours
of operation since initial power up. Capacitor back-up is not acceptable. The clock
shall also be programmable to control start/
stop functions, constant speeds, PID parameter sets and output Form-C relays. The
VFD shall have a digital input that allows an
override to the timeclock (when in the off
mode) for a programmable time frame.
There shall be four (4) separate, independent
timer functions that have both weekday and
weekend settings.
d. The VFDs shall utilize pre-programmed
application macros specifically designed to
facilitate start-up. The Application Macros
109

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)

e.

f.

g.

h.

i.

j.

k.

l.

110

shall provide one command to reprogram all


parameters and customer interfaces for a
particular application to reduce programming time. The VFD shall have two user
macros to allow the end-user to create and
save custom settings.
The VFD shall have cooling fans that are
designed for easy replacement. The fans
shall be designed for replacement without
requiring removing the VFD from the wall or
removal of circuit boards. The VFD cooling
fans shall operate only when required. To
extend the fan and bearing operating life,
the VFD shall cycle the cooling fans on and
off as required.
The VFD shall be capable of starting into a
coasting load (forward or reverse) up to full
speed and accelerate or decelerate to set
point without tripping or component damage (flying start).
The VFD shall have the ability to automatically restart after an overcurrent, over-voltage, under-voltage, or loss of input signal
protective trip.
The number of restart
attempts, trial time, and time between
attempts shall be programmable.
The overload rating of the drive shall be
110% of its normal duty current rating for 1
minute every 10 minutes, 130% overload
for 2 seconds. The minimum FLA rating
shall meet or exceed the values in the NEC/
UL table 430.250 for 4-pole motors.
The VFD shall have internal 5% impedance
reactors to reduce the harmonics to the
power line and to add protection from AC
line transients. The 5% impedance may be
from dual (positive and negative DC bus)
reactors, or 5% AC line reactors. VFDs with
only one DC reactor shall add an AC line
reactor.
The input current rating of the VFD shall be
no more than 3% greater than the output
current rating. VFDs with higher input current ratings require the upstream wiring,
protection devices, and source transformers
to be oversized per NEC 430.120. Input
and output current ratings must be shown on
the VFD nameplate.
The VFD shall include a coordinated AC
transient surge protection system consisting
of 4 to 120 joule rated MOVs (phase to
phase and phase to ground), a capacitor
clamp, and 5% impedance reactors.
The VFD shall provide a programmable lossof-load (broken belt/broken coupling) FormC relay output. The drive shall be programmable to signal the loss-of-load condition via
a keypad warning, Form-C relay output,
and/or over the serial communications bus.

The loss-of-load condition sensing algorithm


shall include a programmable time delay that
will allow for motor acceleration from zero
speed without signaling a false loss-of-load
condition.
m. The VFD shall have user programmable
underload and overload curve functions to
allow user defined indications of broken belt
or mechanical failure/jam condition causing
motor overload
n. The VFD shall include multiple two zone
PID algorithms that allow the VFD to maintain PID control from two separate feedback
signals (4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10V, and/or serial
communications). The two zone control PID
algorithm will control motor speed based on
a minimum, maximum, or average of the
two feedback signals. All of the VFD PID
controllers shall include the ability for two
zone control.
o. If the input reference (4 to 20 mA or 2 to
10 V) is lost, the VFD shall give the user the
option of either (1) stopping and displaying a
fault, (2) running at a programmable preset
speed, (3) hold the VFD speed based on the
last good reference received, or (4) cause a
warning to be issued, as selected by the user.
The drive shall be programmable to signal
this condition via a keypad warning, Form-C
relay output and / or over the serial communication bus.
p. The VFD shall have programmable Sleep
and Wake up functions to allow the drive
to be started and stopped from the level of a
process feedback signal.
7. All VFDs to have the following adjustments:
a. Three (3) programmable critical frequency
lockout ranges to prevent the VFD from
operating the load continuously at an unstable speed. The lockout range must be fully
adjustable, from 0 to full speed.
b. Two (2) PID set point controllers shall be
standard in the drive, allowing pressure or
flow signals to be connected to the VFD,
using the microprocessor in the VFD for the
closed-loop control. The VFD shall have
250 mA of 24 VDC auxiliary power and be
capable of loop powering a transmitter supplied by others. The PID set point shall be
adjustable from the VFD keypad, analog
inputs, or over the communications bus.
There shall be two independent parameter
sets for the PID controller and the capability
to switch between the parameter sets via a
digital input, serial communications or from
the keypad. The independent parameter
sets are typically used for night setback,
switching between summer and winter set
points, etc.

c. There shall be an independent, second PID


loop that can utilize the second analog input
and modulate one of the analog outputs to
maintain the set point of an independent
process (ie. valves, dampers, etc.). All set
points, process variables, etc. to be accessible from the serial communication network.
d. Two (2) programmable analog inputs shall
accept current or voltage signals.
e. Two (2) programmable analog outputs (0 to
20 mA or 4 to 20 mA). The outputs may be
programmed to output proportional to Frequency, Motor Speed, Output Voltage, Output Current, Motor Torque, Motor Power
(kW), DC Bus voltage, Active Reference,
Active Feedback, and other data.
f. Six (6) programmable digital inputs for maximum flexibility in interfacing with external
devices. All digital inputs shall be programmable to initiate upon an application or
removal of 24 VDC or 24 VAC.
g. Three (3) programmable, digital Form-C
relay outputs.
The relay outputs shall
include programmable on and off delay
times and adjustable hysteresis. The relays
shall be rated for maximum switching current 8 amps at 24 VDC and 0.4 A at 250
VAC; Maximum voltage 300 VDC and 250
VAC; continuous current rating of 2 amps
RMS. Outputs shall be true Form-C type
contacts; open collector outputs are not
acceptable.
h. Run permissive circuit: There shall be a run
permissive circuit for damper or valve control. Regardless of the source of a run command (keypad, input contact closure, timeclock control, or serial communications), the
VFD shall provide a dry contact closure that
will signal the damper to open (VFD motor
does not operate). When the damper is fully
open, a normally open dry contact (endswitch) shall close. The closed end-switch is
wired to a VFD digital input and allows VFD
motor operation. Two separate safety interlock inputs shall be provided. When either
safety is opened, the motor shall be commanded to coast to stop and the damper
shall be commanded to close. The keypad
shall display start enable 1 (or 2) missing.
The safety input status shall also be transmitted over the serial communications bus.
i. The VFD control shall include a programmable time delay for VFD start and a keypad
indication that this time delay is active. A
Form C relay output provides a contact closure to signal the VAV boxes open. This will
allow VAV boxes to be driven open before
the motor operates. The time delay shall be
field programmable from 0 to 120 seconds. Start delay shall be active regardless

of the start command source (keypad command, input contact closure, time-clock control, or serial communications).
j. Seven (7) programmable preset speeds.
k. Two independently adjustable accelerate and
decelerate ramps with 1 to 1800 seconds
adjustable time ramps.
l. The VFD shall include a motor flux optimization circuit that will automatically reduce
applied motor voltage to the motor to optimize energy consumption and reduce audible motor noise. The VFD shall have
selectable software for optimization of motor
noise, energy consumption, and motor
speed control.
m. The VFD shall include a carrier frequency
control circuit that reduces the carrier frequency based on actual VFD temperature
that allows higher carrier frequency settings
without derating the VFD.
n. The VFD shall include password protection
against parameter changes.
8. The keypad shall include a backlit LCD display.
The display shall be in complete English words
for programming and fault diagnostics (alphanumeric codes are not acceptable). All VFD
faults shall be displayed in English words. The
keypad shall include a minimum of 14 assistants
including:
a. Start-up assistant
b. Parameter assistants
c. PID assistant
d. Reference assistant
e. I/O assistant
f. Serial communications assistant
g. Option module assistant
h. Panel display assistant
i. Low noise set-up assistant
j. Maintenance assistant
k. Troubleshooting assistant
l. Drive optimizer assistants
9. All applicable operating values shall be capable
of being displayed in engineering (user) units. A
minimum of three operating values from the list
below shall be capable of being displayed at all
times. The display shall be in complete English
words (alpha-numeric codes are not acceptable):
a. Output Frequency
b. Motor Speed (RPM, %, or Engineering units)
c. Motor Current
d. Motor Torque
e. Motor Power (kW)
f. DC Bus Voltage

111

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)


g. Output Voltage
10. The VFD shall include a firemans override
input. Upon receipt of a contact closure from
the fire / smoke control station, the VFD shall
operate in one of two modes: 1) Operate at a
programmed predetermined fixed speed ranging from -500 Hz (reverse) to 500 Hz (forward).
2) Operate in a specific firemans override PID
algorithm that automatically adjusts motor
speed based on override set point and feedback. The mode shall override all other inputs
(analog/digital, serial communication, and all
keypad commands), except customer defined
safety run interlocks, and force the motor to run
in one of the two modes above. Override
Mode shall be displayed on the keypad. Upon
removal of the override signal, the VFD shall
resume normal operation, without the need to
cycle the normal digital input run command.
11. Serial Communications:
a. The VFD shall have an EIA-485 port as
standard. The standard protocols shall be
Modbus, Johnson Controls N2, Siemens
Building Technologies FLN, and BACnet.
[Optional protocols for LonWorks, Profibus,
EtherNet, BACnet IP, and DeviceNet shall
be available.] Each individual drive shall
have the protocol in the base VFD. The use
of third party gateways and multiplexers is
not acceptable. All protocols shall be certified by the governing authority (i.e., BTL
Listing for BACnet). Use of non-certified
protocols is not allowed.
b. The BACnet connection shall be an EIA485, MS/TP interface operating at 9.6,
19.2, 38.4, or 76.8 Kbps. The connection
shall be tested by the BACnet Testing Labs
(BTL) and be BTL Listed. The BACnet
interface shall conform to the BACnet standard device type of an Applications Specific
Controller (B-ASC). The interface shall support all BIBBs defined by the BACnet standard profile for a B-ASC including, but not
limited to:
1) Data Sharing Read Property B.
2) Data Sharing Write Property B.
3) Device Management Dynamic Device
Binding (Who-Is; I-Am).
4) Device Management Dynamic Object
Binding (Who-Has; I-Have).
5) Device Management Communication
Control B.
c. If additional hardware is required to obtain
the BACnet interface, the VFD manufacturer shall supply one BACnet gateway per
drive. Multiple VFDs sharing one gateway
shall not be acceptable.
d. Serial communication capabilities shall
include, but not be limited to; run-stop control, speed set adjustment, proportional/
112

integral/derivative PID control adjustments,


current limit, accel/decel time adjustments,
and lock and unlock the keypad. The drive
shall have the capability of allowing the DDC
to monitor feedback such as process variable
feedback, output speed / frequency, current
(in amps), % torque, power (kW), kilowatt
hours (resettable), operating hours (resettable), and drive temperature. The DDC shall
also be capable of monitoring the VFD relay
output status, digital input status, and all
analog input and analog output values. All
diagnostic warning and fault information
shall be transmitted over the serial
communications bus. Remote VFD fault
reset shall be possible.
e. The VFD shall include an independent PID
loop for customer use. The independent
PID loop may be used for cooling tower
bypass valve control, chilled water valve /
hot water valve control, etc. Both the VFD
PID control loop and the independent PID
control loop shall continue functioning even
if the serial communications connection is
lost. As default, the VFD shall keep the last
good set point command and last good DO
and AO commands in memory in the event
the serial communications connection is lost
and continue controlling the process.
12. EMI/RFI filters. All VFDs shall include EMI/RFI
filters. The onboard filters shall allow the VFD
assembly to be CE Marked and the VFD shall
meet product standard EN 61800-3 for the
First Environment restricted level with up to
100 feet of motor cable. No Exceptions. Certified test reports shall be provided with the submittals confirming compliance to EN 61800-3,
First Environment.
13. All VFDs through 75 hp at 480 V shall be protected from input and output power mis-wiring.
The VFD shall sense this condition and display
an alarm on the keypad. The VFD shall not
sustain damage from this power mis-wiring
condition.
14. Operational Functions:
a. The drive shall contain two separate acceleration/deceleration times with auto tuning for
optimum setting (0.1 to 6000 seconds) with
choice of linear, S, or C curves that shall be
factory programmed to match the fan load
and prevent nuisance overcurrent fault trips.
b. The drive shall be equipped with both local/
remote and manual/auto keys on touchpad.
c. The drive shall be equipped with a quick
setup key.
d. The drive shall contain 15 preset speeds,
which can be activated from the keypad,
terminal inputs, and host computer.

e. The drive shall have the capability of storable


special custom user setting.
f. The drive shall restart into a rotating motor
operating in either the forward or reverse
direction and match that frequency.
g. The drive shall have adjustable soft stall
(10% to 150%) which reduces frequency and
voltage of the inverter to sustain a run in an
overload situation factory programmed for
each motors characteristics.
h. The drive shall be capable of performing a
time base pattern run using 4 groups of 8
patterns each using the 15 preset speed values for a maximum of 32 different patterns.
i. The drive shall have adjustable UL listed
electronic overload protection (10% to
100%) factory programmed to match each
motors FLA/RLA ratings.
j. The drive shall have a custom programmable
volt/hertz pattern.
15. Protective Features:
a. The drive shall be rated for 200,000 AIC
(ampere interrupting capacity). The use of
input fuses to achieve this rating shall not be
acceptable.
b. The drive shall have external fault input.
c. The drive shall be capable of resetting faults
remotely and locally.
d. The drive shall be programmable to alert the
following alarms:
1) Over torque alarm.
2) Inverter overload pre-alarm.
3) Motor overload pre-alarm.
4) Braking resistor overload pre-alarm.
5) Inverter overheat pre-alarm.
6) Undercurrent alarm.
7) Overcurrent pre-alarm.
8) Communication error alarm.
9) Cumulative timer alarm.
10) Executing retry.
e. The drive shall identify and display the following faults:
1) Overcurrent during acceleration trip.
2) Overcurrent during deceleration trip.
3) Overcurrent during normal run trip.
4) Overcurrent on the DC Bus during
acceleration trip.
5) Overcurrent on the DC Bus during
deceleration trip.
6) Overcurrent on the DC Bus during normal run trip.
7) Load end overcurrent trip detected at
start-up (output terminals, motor wiring,
etc.).

8) U-phase short circuit trip detected at


start-up.
9) V-phase short circuit trip detected at
start-up.
10) W-phase short circuit trip detected at
start-up.
11) Overvoltage during acceleration trip.
12) Overvoltage during deceleration trip.
13) Overvoltage during normal (constant
speed) run trip.
14) Inverter overloaded trip.
15) Motor overloaded trip.
16) Inverter overheat trip.
17) Emergency off trip message.
18) EEPROM failure during write cycle.
19) EEPROM abnormality during initial
reading.
20) RAM error.
21) ROM error.
22) CPU error.
23) Communication interruption error.
24) Gate array error.
25) Output current detection circuit error.
26) Option PCB error trip.
27) Low operating current trip.
28) Main circuit under voltage trip.
29) Over torque trip.
30) Software detected earth fault trip.
31) Hardware detected earth fault trip.
32) Inverter type form mismatch error.
33) EEPROM type form mismatch error.
16. Monitor Functions:
a. The drive digital display shall be capable of
displaying the following: Frequency, percent
current, current amps, percent voltage I/O,
voltage in volts I/O, RPM, GPM, I/O watts,
torque, and input reference signal, kWh.
b. The drive shall have 320 programmable
parameters which can be changed while the
drive is operating.
c. The drives 353 parameters shall be adjustable from the 8-key touchpad or computer
link.
d. The drives 8-key touchpad shall be NEMA
12 rated.
e. The drives keypad shall be capable of being
extended 15 ft from the drive.
f. The drive shall contain a reset of all parameters to factory default settings or user
defaults (whichever one is chosen).
g. The drive shall have 2 programmable analog
outputs programmable to 17 choices.

113

Guide specifications outdoor unit (cont)


j. The drive shall have a pulse train output
proportional to frequency (48, 96, 360
times frequency).
k. The drive shall have an elapsed time meter.

h. The drive shall have one programmable


relay output programmable to 67 choices.
i. The drive shall have 8 programmable digital inputs programmable to 54 choices.

Carrier Corporation Syracuse, New York 13221

114

10-12

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Section 8
Pg 114
Catalog No. 04-52390013-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-12PD
Replaces: 39M-11PD
Tab
8a

You might also like